You are on page 1of 373

DISCLAIMER

This manual has been written for Student Pilots who wish to integrate their practical
flight training with the AIRS Technologies Online Pilot Ground Theory course. All
lesson times for both Ground Theory and practical flight lessons are indicative only
and are based on learning abilities and retention levels for average students. Students
may take longer to complete their theory lessons than those times shown and may be
required to repeat both Ground Theory and Practical Flight Lessons as determined
by their Flight Training School or Institution.
Use of this manual does not guarantee that students will be issued with a Pilot's
Licence. Student Pilots are required to pass theory examinations and practical flight
tests with an Authorised Testing Officer (ATO) to predetermined standards as laid
down by the Civil Aviation Safety Authority (CASA).
This manual is a guide only and does not take precedence over any other documents
including but not limited to "The Day VFR Syllabus", Australia National
Competency Standards for Private and Commercial Pilots, CASA AIP's including
CAO's and CAR's or Flight School Operations Manuals, Training Manuals or
Standard Operating Procedure Manuals (SOP's) or the aircraft Pilot Operating
Handbook (POH).
Student Pilots shall only conduct practical flight training as directed by their Flight
Training Instructors.

COPYRIGHT
The contents of this manual are protected by copyright world-wide by the Berne and
Universal copyright convention.
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced in any part
whatsoever - electronic, photocopying, facsimile or stored in a retrieval system without the prior written permission of AIRS Technologies.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

INDEX
Introduction
* Introduction to the AIRS software
* What is needed to become a Licensed Pilot
* Syllabus Explanation of Terminology
* Training activity Vs Competency Element Grid
- Explanation
* Explanation of syllabus structure

Section 1
Section 1
Section 1
Section 1
Section 1

Assessment Guides
* For Private Pilot Licence Aeroplanes
* For Commercial Pilot Licence Aeroplanes
* Instrument Rating Competency Elements

Section 2
Section 2
Section 2

Syllabus in Summary Form


* Training Activities up to GFPT
* Post GFPT to PPL phase
* Post PPL to CPL phase
* Training Activity Summary
* Calendar of Training Activities

Section 3
Section 3
Section 3
Section 3
Section 3

Definition of Achievement Standards


* Assumptions
* Definition of Achievement Standards
* Notes to Instructors
* Training Activity Vs Competency Element Grids

Section 4
Section 4
Section 4
Section 4

Contents of Training Activities/Theory/Practical


* GFPT Pilot Training
* Private Pilot Training
* Commercial/IREX Pilot Training

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

Section 5
Section 6
Section 7

Section 1

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

Introduction to the AIRS software


Congratulations on purchasing your AIRS Technologies Online Integrated
Pilot Training Package or TCO (Training Course Outline).
This manual will help you to integrate your theory training with your flight
training requirements. The training manual and the associated online
courseware found at www.pilottheory.com are designed to meet all of
the Day VFR/Instrument & National Competency Standards syllabus of the
Civil Aviation Safety Authority of Australia (CASA).
This manual has been written to assist you in planning your pilot flight/theory
training and to prepare you to sit for your CASA theory exams at about the
same time as you sit for your final flight test for any given licence.
This manual has been clearly laid out on a daily basis showing daily activites
as Training Activities or TAs. Day 1 is shown as TA 1 and so on.
Ground Theory Lessons within the TAs are shown as GTs with the first
being GT 1. These Lessons are found online at www.pilottheory.com
Each GT within this manual will recommend that you study each theory
lesson either via TCO Mode or Review Mode online.
PFB stands for Pre Flight Brief which your Flight Instructor will brief you on
prior to your daily flight training exercises. Each PFB gives you an
understanding of what exercise you will be required to conduct on each flight.
FT stands for Flight Training. You will be required to conduct all of the
exercises laid out in the Pre Flight Brief to a required CASA standard.
AF stands for After Flight Debrief which your Instructor should give you
following each training exercise in the aircraft.
The forms between the TAs are standard CASA Training Assessment forms
which your Instructor should fill out following each Flight Training exercise
as part of your After Flight Brief.
Included in your initial purchase are some tokens to access Online Theory
Lessons. We recommend that you enter the online courseware through the
TCO Button. This will lead you through the lessons in the order of the
Training Activities (TAs) as shown in this manual.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

This manual clearly shows you where each flight training stage begins and
ends and covers training for the following licences:
GFPT
Private Pilot Licence
Commercial Pilot Licence
Command Instrument Rating
Gas Turbine (Theory Only)
So Good Luck with your flight training and always remember that:

Significant cost savings can be achieved through good


management of your pilot training!

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

INTRODUCTION
WHAT IS NEEDED TO BECOME A LICENCED PILOT?
A trainee must demonstrate that he/she has attained CASA's minimum
stipulated standards relating to flying skill, knowledge, and mental
attitude before a pilot licence can be awarded.
Examinations
Theoretical knowledge is examined in industry based and CASA
written exams. The syllabus for Aeronautical Knowledge Training,
upon which the exams are based is detailed in Section 3 of the CASA
publication, "Day VFR Syllabus- Aeroplanes".
Skills
The manipulative and cognitive skills needed to become a pilot are
developed through a course of practical flying training which is based
on the "Day VFR Syllabus-Aeroplanes. Standardised assessments
have been developed by the use of competency based training
systems. The associated skills that must be demonstrated by a trainee
and how these skills are to be assessed are detailed in the CASA
publication, "Australian National Competency Standards for Private
and Commercial Pilots".
CAR's, CAO's and other CASA publications stipulate the minimum
aeronautical experience levels that must be accrued during recognised
flying training courses, as well as the exam's, which must be passed to
satisfy the qualification requirements so that a licence may be issued.

AIRS Technologies Interactive Pilot CD-ROM

AIRS Technologies have developed an interactive CD-ROM, which


contains the aeronautical knowledge training subject matter in a
vibrant, inter-active format.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

SYLLABUS
Explanation of Terminology.
The pilot licence training process involves training in theoretical,
practical, manipulative, and cognitive skills. These skills must be
developed, and later demonstrated competently by the trainee to an
instructor or assessor.
How the training is structured and presented will greatly influence the
trainee's speed of learning, and more importantly the trainee's rate of
retention of the learnt material.
AIRS Technologies have developed a syllabus of training to guide the
flying training organization through the training process.
The syllabus is comprised of a number of sequential Training
Activities (TA), each being comprised of several sub-parts called:
a.

Ground Training (GT) - the theory material mandated in


the " Day VFR Syllabus- Aeroplanes" is presented in
selected sections from the AIRS Technologies online
theory course found at www.pilottheory.com The trainee
studies the material individually at his own pace, in the
recommended syllabus sequence. Some Training Activities
require more than one Ground Training lesson before the
Flying Training Activity is to be commenced.

b.

Pre-Flight Briefing (PFB) - prior to each individual flying


training activity the trainee pilot will be presented a PFB by
a flying instructor. This PFB introduces "what" is to be
covered during the flying lesson, and in particular it
describes standard flying techniques and procedures,
which will be introduced. The PFB supplements the GT.
The PFB tells the trainee what to expect, and describes
"how" to do things.

c.

Flying Training Exercise (FT) - the flying training exercise


is the airborne skill development activity. The Units and
Elements of Competency will be introduced. Most skill
development activities require three parts:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

(1)
(2)

Demonstration - the instructor demonstrates "how"


perform a skill, and describes "what" are its parameters
successful completion.
Direction - the instructor directs, (coaches) the trainee
he attempts to perform the new (element/unit
competency) skill.

to
for
as
of

(3)

Monitor - the instructor observes the trainee perform the


skill element, and uses the evidence presented to
determine the attainment of competency in that skill. No
coaching is offered in this assessment part. After the
trainee has presented the evidence necessary to display
competency in that element the instructor can then certify
the completion standard on the appropriate assessment
record. Completion standards are stipulated in the "Day
VFR Syllabus- Aeroplane". What makes up the evidence to
prove competency is detailed in the publications; "Day VFR
Syllabus-Aeroplane" and
"Australian National Competency Standards for Private
and Commercial Pilots"

(4)

After Flight De-briefing (AF) - upon the completion of the


FT activity the instructor critiques the trainee's
performance, highlighting elements well done and those
needing more practice. The study and preparation activities
for the next TA are discussed. Forecasts for timing to sit
exams is provided.

Each TA will incorporate more than one competency element


being performed and assessed. The instructor however will
concentrate on particular elements sequentially (using the
syllabus as a guide) so that the learning process is efficient, and
retention is optimised.
Competency is expected to be achieved after several exposures
to each element. Generally four to five TA's will be needed for
the average trainee to display competency in a particular skill
element. Scoring and grading of the trainee will be in compliance
with the "Definition of Achievement Standards" described in the
"Day VFR Syllabus - Aeroplane" publication.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

Training Activity Versus Competency Element Grid


Explanation
An index to the Units and Elements of Competency which will be used
throughout this syllabus is contained in the publication Day VFR
Syllabus-Aeroplanes". The index is also copied on the accompanying
annex to this document. Each TA will contain a number of Elements of
Competency in various combinations, depending on the flying lesson
profile. Progressively throughout the syllabus of training, an assessor
(or instructor) must certify that the elements of competency have been
conducted and that the trainee has achieved the minimum standard.
Certification is done by compiling "Achievement Records", examples of
which are contained in the " Day VFR Syllabus-Aeroplane".
These certifications must be completed progressively prior to:
- First Solo Stage
- First Area Solo Stage
- GFPT
- PPL(A) Stage
- CPL(A) Stage
There are 47 unique competencies to be assessed in the PPL
programme and another 48 competencies to be assessed in the next
stage for the CPL. So that all competencies are assessed, and records
properly kept we have designed a grid which highlights those
competencies which will be dealt within each FT. The Trainee Record
Sheet for each FT will be constructed using the Grid; consequently
each FT will have a purpose designed format.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

Explanation of Syllabus Structure:


Refer to the two lists of indexes to competency elements for PPL
and CPL trainees in the following annex to this document.
These lists have been copied from the "Day VFR SyllabusAeroplane" publication.
The Units of Competency listed for a CPL qualification have
similarly named competency elements to those for the PPL, but
the scoring of the achievement is higher for the CPL.
Evidence must be provided by the trainee, for assessment of
each particular competency element. The evidence will have
narrower tolerance boundaries for the CPL element than for the
PPL element. For example:
PPL Element 7.3
Turn Aeroplane steeply;
The acceptable skill level is achieved if the trainee
" Maintains height of +/- 150 ft from datum"
The similar element in the CPL syllabus
CPL Element 20.3
Turn aeroplane steeply;
has as the acceptable, and observable, boundaries:
The trainee must
" Maintain height of +/- 100 ft from datum"
The increase in the trainee's observable performance can be
explained as being the result of his extra airborne experience
combining with his increased theoretical knowledge, to produce a
skill level of higher competency.
The syllabus for the CPL and Instrument Rating phase has
itemised Training Activities sequentially. On occasions, minor
deviations to the syllabus sequencing will not greatly influence
the overall outcome. However, common sense must be used
when making deviations from the suggested syllabus sequence.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

The syllabus basically provides several sub-sections.


a.

Consolidation of VFR Navigation skills in a single-engine aircraft.

b.

Night circuit operations in a single-engine aircraft.

c.

Introduction to Instrument Flying practices in a synthetic trainer,


(single-engine).

d.

Consolidation of IF Practices in a single-engine aircraft.

e.

Introduction to IFR Navigation and Instrument Approach to Land


Procedures (IAL) in a single-engine synthetic trainer.

f.

Consolidation of IFR Navigation and IAL procedures in a singleengine aircraft.

g.

Introduction to multi-engine IFR Operations in a synthetic trainer.

h.

Consolidation of multi-engine aircraft IFR Operations.


There are two examination blocks, which must be passed prior to
the conduct of the flight tests for the CPL and Instrument Rating.

a.
b.

CPL Exam, which is soon to be examined in as many as seven


sub-exam topic blocks,
Instrument Rating Exam-- IREX.

The syllabus, which is expanded in the following pages, provides a


suggested study programme as well as an exam revision schedule.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

Section 2

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

Assessment Guide for


PRIVATE PILOT LICENCE AEROPLANES
INDEX TO UNITS OF COMPETENCY FOR PRIVATE PILOT QUALIFICATION
1. MANAGE PRE AND POST FLIGHT ACTIONS (PPL)
Complete pre and post flight actions
Perform pre-flight inspection
Perform and certify inspection
2. OPERATE RADIO (PPL)
Use R/T equipment
Maintain R/T equipment
3. CONTROL AEROPLANE ON THE GROUND (PPL)
Start and stop engine
Taxi aeroplane
4. TAKE-OFF AEROPLANE (PPL)
Carry out pre-take off procedures
Take-off aeroplane
Carry out after take-off procedures
5. CONTROL AEROPLANE IN NORMAL FLIGHT (PPL)
Climb aeroplane
Maintain straight and level flight
Descend aeroplane
Turn aeroplane
Control aeroplane at slow speeds
Perform circuits and approaches
Comply with airspace requirements
6. LAND AEROPLANE (PPL)
Land aeroplane
Perform mislanding procedure
7. EXECUTE ADVANCED MANOEUVRES AND PROCEDURES (PPL)
Enter and recover from stall
Recover from incipient spin
Turn aeroplane steeply
Sideslip aeroplane
Execute short take-off and landing
8. MANAGE ABNORMAL SITUATIONS (PPL)
Manage engine failure after take-off
Manage engine failure elsewhere in circuit
Perform forced landing
Conduct precautionary search and landing
Manage abnormal situations
9. MANAGE FUEL (PPL)
Plan fuel requirements
Manage fuel system
Refuel aeroplane
10. CONTROL AEROPLANE SOLEY BY REVIEW TO FULL INSTRUMENT PANEL (PPL)
Perform manoeuvres
11. MANAGE PASSENGERS (PPL)
Brief passengers
Aid and assist passengers
12. NAVIGATE AEROPLANE (PPL)
Prepare chart and flight plan
Plan navigational fuel requirements
Comply with airspace procedures
Conduct departure procedures
Navigate aeroplane enroute
Navigate at low level and in reduced visibility
Perform lost procedure
Perform diversion procedure
Use radio navigational aids
Execute arrival procedures
13. RECOVER FROM SPIN (PPL)
Recover from spin

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

Assessment Guide for


COMMERCIAL PILOT LICENCE AEROPLANES
INDEX TO UNITS OF COMPETENCY FOR COMMERCIAL PILOT QUALIFICATION
14. MANAGE PRE AND POST FLIGHT ACTIONS (CPL)
Complete pre and post flight actions
Perform pre-flight inspection
Perform and certify daily inspection
15. OPERATE RADIO (CPL)
Use R/T equipment
Maintain R/T equipment
16. CONTROL AEROPLANE ON THE GROUND (CPL)
Start and stop engine
Taxi aeroplane
17. TAKE-OFF AEROPLANE (CPL)
Carry out pre-take off procedures
Take-off aeroplane
Carry out after take-off procedures
18. CONTROL AEROPLANE IN NORMAL FLIGHT (CPL)
Climb aeroplane
Maintain straight and level flight
Descend aeroplane
Turn aeroplane
Control aeroplane at slow speeds
Perform circuits and approaches
Comply with airspace requirements
19. LAND AEROPLANE (CPL)
Land aeroplane
Perform mislanding procedure
20. EXECUTE ADVANCED MANOEUVRES AND PROCEDURES (CPL)
Enter and recover from stall
Recover from incipient spin
Turn aeroplane steeply
Sideslip aeroplane
Execute short take-off and landing
21. MANAGE ABNORMAL SITUATIONS (CPL)
Manage engine failure after take-off
Manage engine failure elsewhere in circuit
Perform forced landing
Conduct precautionary search and landing
Manage abnormal situations
22. MANAGE FUEL (CPL)
Plan fuel requirements
Manage fuel system
Refuel aeroplane
23. CONTROL AEROPLANE SOLEY BY REVIEW TO FULL INSTRUMENT PANEL (CPL)
Perform manoeuvres
24. MANAGE PASSENGERS (CPL)
Brief passengers
Aid and assist passengers
25. NAVIGATE AEROPLANE (CPL)
Prepare chart and flight plan
Plan navigational fuel requirements
Comply with airspace procedures
Conduct departure procedures
Navigate aeroplane enroute
Navigate at low level and in reduced visibility
Perform lost procedure
Perform diversion procedure
Use radio navigational aids
Execute arrival procedures
26. CONTROL AEROPLANE SOLEY BY REVIEW TO LIMITED INSTRUMENT PANEL (CPL)
Perform manoeuvres
27. RECOVER FROM SPIN (CPL)
Recover from spin

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

INSTRUMENT RATING COMPETENCY ELEMENTS


The "Day VFR Syllabus-Aeroplane" does not include Units or
Elements of Competency for the Command Instrument Rating (IR).
Consequently, a list of the elements of competency needs to be
developed.
The application form for the IR has on the reverse side, listings of
evidence required to be presented to the examiner so that a pass or
fail assessment can be made. Therefore these may form the list of
competency elements needed.
Element
IR 1
IR 2
IR 3
IR 4
IR 5
IR 6
IR 7
IR 8
IR 9
IR 10
IR 11
IR 12
IR 13
IR 14
IR 15
IR 16
IR 17
IR 18
IR 19
IR 20
IR 21
IR 22
IR 23

Description
Entry and holding pattern correctly flown +/- 100 ft
Tracking within +/- 5 deg or Half Scale CDI deflection
Altitude @ minima +100, Minus nil ft
Ident monitored: audio or Flags, below MSA
Altitude checked at marker beacon or DME distance
Descent not below DME steps, or LSALT as appropriate
Circling approach correctly flown visually
EFATO handled correctly
EFIF handled correctly
Missed approach procedure correctly flown
Cockpit resources used efficiently
Orientation and Situational Awareness maintained
Sound engine handling demonstrated
Sound command judgement displayed
Traffic handled safely
Instruments and navaids checked during taxi
PTOSB covered all pertinent aspects
Correct IFR procedures applied
Turbulence penetration speed quoted
AIP handling speeds for category employed
Steep turns on instruments +/- 150 ft deviation
LP technique manoeuvring within +/- 200ft, +/- 5 deg
UA drills correctly applied

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

Section 3

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

SYLLABUS IN SUMMARY FORM


TRAINING ACTIVITIES
UP TO GFPT

TA 1
TA 2
TA 3

TA 5
TA 6
TA 7
TA 8
TA 9
TA 10
TA 11

Effects of Controls
Straight and Level
Climbing, Descending and
Turning. Pt 1.
Climbing, Descending and
Turning. Pt 2.
Stalling .Pt 1.
Stalling .Pt 2.
Upper Air Circuits.
Circuits Pt 1.
Circuits Pt 2.
First Solo- Circuits
Circuits- Dual/Solo

TA 12
TA 13

Practice Forced Landings


Circuits- Dual/Solo

TA 14
TA 15

Practice Forced Landings Pt 2


Precautionary Search, and
Basic IF Pt 1. (0.5 IF)
Synthetic Trainer S/E. Basic
IF Pt 2. (1.0 IF)
Advanced Turning, SideSlipping, Basic IF pt 3. (0.5IF)
Area Solo Consolidation
Area Solo Consolidation, Pt 2
Solo Consolidation, A/R
General Flying Progress Test

TA 4

TA 16
TA 17
TA 18
TA 19
TA 19b
GFPT

1.0 Dual
1.0 D

1.0
2.0

1.0 D

3.0

1.0 D
1.0 D
1.0 D
1.0 D
1.0 D
1.0 D
0.5 Solo
0.5 D
1.0 S
1.0 D
0.5 D
0.5 S
1.0 D

4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
9.5

13.0
14.0

1.0 D

15.0

11.0
12.0

non flying
1.0 D
1.0 S
1.0 S
1.0 S
1.0 D

16.0
17.0
18.0
19.0
20.0

End of Phase Progress Totals


Dual
15.0
5.0
Solo
IF
2.0 (1.0 Synthetic Trainer)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

SYLLABUS
POST GFPT TO PPL PHASE
During the next phase of training, navigation training is provided, and
the trainee's command experience is increased as follows:
a.
b.

PIC is increased by 5 hrs Cross country,


Dual navigational training of 15 hrs cross country.

TA 20

NAV 1

Introduction to Basic Nav Techniques

2.5 D

TA 21

NAV 2

Consolidation of Basic Nav

2.5 D

TA 22

NAV 3

Introduction to Diversion Procedures

2.5 D

TA 23

NAV 4

Consolidation of Diversion Technique


Introduction of Low Nav Technique
Introduction to Lost Procedure

2.5 D
2.5 S

TA 24

NAV 5

Solo consolidation of nav technique

TA 25

NAV 6

Introduction to Radio Navaid Tracking


Consolidation of navigation techniques

TA 26

TA 27

NAV 7

NAV 8

Solo consolidation of Basic and Low


Level navigation techniques
Consolidation of Radio Navaid tracking
Introduction to en-route practice
emergencies, and diversion procedures.

2.5D

2.5 S
2.5 D

PPL FLIGHT TEST


TA 28
NAV 9
2.5 D
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

SYLLABUS
POST PPL TO CPL WITH IR-C-ME (A)
During this phase the trainee will undertake an integrated
programme, which will result in the following qualifications being
obtained;
Commercial Pilot licence
Instrument Rating Command Multi Engine Aeroplane.
The additional flying training needed in this phase to gain these
qualifications will be:

Pilot In Command

45 hrs cross country


5 hrs ni circuits
10 hrs general flying revision
Instrument Flying (Dual)
5 hrs Basic IF in synthetic Trainer
15 hrs Cross country IF in a synthetic trainer
10 hrs cross country IF nav in aircraft (of which 5hrs to be
flown in the Twin aircraft)
8 hrs to be flown in aircraft during IAL procedures

Night

5 hrs (dual) at night

Dual Training

18 hrs of navigation training to CPL standard


7 hrs for initial twin type endorsement

________________________________________________________

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TRAINING ACTIVITY SUMMARY


TA 29
TA 30
TA 31
TA 32
TA 33
TA 34
TA 35
TA 36
TA 37
TA 38
TA 39
TA 40
TA 41
TA 42
TA 43
TA 44
TA 45
TA 46
TA 47
TA 48
TA 49
TA 50
TA 51
TA 52
TA 53
TA 54
TA 55
TA 56
TA 57
TA 58
TA 59
TA 60
TA 61
TA 62
TA 63
TA 64
TA 65
TA 66
TA 67
TA 68
TA 69

NAV 10
NAV 11
NAV 12
NAV 13
NAV 14
NAV 15
SYN 1
NI 1
NI 2
NI 3
NI 4
NI 5
NI 6
NAV 16
SYN 2
SYN 3
NAV 17
NI 7
NI 8
NI 9
NI 10
NAV 18
NAV 19
GF 1
NAV 20
NAV 21
GF 2
SYN 4
NAV 22
GF 3
SYN 5
GF 4
NAV 23
NAV 24
NAV 25
GF 5
GF 6
GF 7
SYN 6
NAV 27
SYN 7

Dual
Dual
Dual
Solo
Solo
Solo
Dual
Dual
Dual
Dual
Solo
Solo
Solo
Solo
Dual
Dual
Dual
Dual
Solo
Dual
Solo
Dual
Solo
Solo
Dual
Solo
Solo
Dual
Solo
Solo
Dual
Solo
Solo
Solo
Solo
Solo
Solo
Solo
Dual
Dual
Dual

VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
NVFR
NVFR
NVFR
NVFR
NVFR
NVFR
VFR
NVFR
NVFR
NVFR
NVFR
NVFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
IFR

3.0 D
3.0 D
3.0 D
3.0 S
3.0 S
5.0 S
1.0 D (SIM)
1.0 D Ni
1.0 D Ni
1.0 D Ni
1.0 S Ni
1.0 S Ni
1.0 S Ni
5.0 S
1.0 D (SIM)
1.0 D (SIM)
3.0 D Ni
1.0 D Ni
1.0 S Ni
1.0 D Ni
1.0 S Ni
3.0 D
3.0 S
1.0 S
3.0 D
3.0 S
1.0 S
1.0 D (SIM)
5.0 S
1.0 S
1.0 D (SIM)
1.0 S
3.0 S
5.0 S
3.0 S
1.0 S
1.0 S
1.0 S
2.5 D (SIM) NAV26
3.0 D
2.5 D (SIM) NAV28

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 70
TA 71
TA 72
TA 73
TA 74
TA 75
TA 76
TA 77
TA 78
TA 79
TA 80
TA 81
TA 82
TA 83
TA 84
TA 85
TA 86
TA 87
TA 88
TA 89
TA 90

GF 8
GF 9
GF 10
NAV 29
SYN 8
NAV 31
NAV 32
NAV 33
NAV 34
ME 1
ME 2
ME 3
ME 4
ME 5
ME 6
SYN9ME
NAV 37
SYN10ME
NAV 39
SYN11ME
NAV 41

Solo
Solo
Solo
Dual
Dual
Dual
Dual
Solo
Solo
Dual
Dual
Dual
Dual
Dual
Dual
Dual
Dual
Dual
Dual
Dual
Dual

VFR
VFR
VFR
IFR
IFR
IFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
NVFR
VFR
IFR
IFR
IFR

1.0 S
1.0 S
1.0 S
3.0 D
2.5 D (SIM) NAV30
3.0 D
3.0 D Ni
3.0 S
4.0 S
1.0 D ME
1.0 D ME
1.0 D ME
1.0 D ME
1.0 D Ni ME
2.0 D ME NAV35
2.5 D (SIM) NAV36
3.0 D ME
2.5 D (SIM) NAV38
3.0 D ME
2.5 D (SIM) NAV40
3.0 D Ni ME

TA 91
CPL Flight Test
2.5 D ME
TA 92
IR-C-ME (A) Flight Test
2.5 D ME
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

CALENDAR OF TRAINING ACTIVITIES:


Day 1
Day 2
Day 3
Day 4
Day 5
Day 6
Day 7
Day 8
Day 9
Day10
Day 11

TA 1 Effects of Controls
TA 2 Straight and Level
TA 3 Climbing, Descending and Turning. Pt1
TA 4 Climbing, Descending and Turning. Pt2
TA 5 Stalling Pt1
TA 6 Stalling Pt2
TA 7 Upper Air Circuits
TA 8 Circuits Pt1
TA 9 Circuits Pt2
TA 10 First Solo-Circuits
TA 11 Circuits-Dual/Solo
TA 12 Practice Forced Landings
TA 13 Circuits-Dual/Solo
TA 14 Practice Forced Landings Pt2
TA 15 Precautionary Search, and Basic IF Pt1
TA 16 Synthetic Trainer, Basic IF Pt2
TA 17 Advanced Turning, Sideslipping, Basic IF Pt3
TA 18 Area Solo Consolidation
TA 19 Area Solo Consolidation Pt2
TA 19b Area Solo Consolidation, A/R
GFPT

Day 12
Day 13
Day 14
Day 15
Day 16/17
Day 17/18
Day 19/20
Day 21
Day 22

TA 20
TA 21
TA 22
TA 23
TA 24
TA 25
TA 26
TA 27
TA 28

Introduction to Basic Navigation


Consolidation of Basic Navigation
Introduction to Diversion Procedure
Introduction to Low Nav and Lost Procedure
Solo Navigation Consolidation
Introduction to Radio Navaids
Solo Consolidation
Introduction to Emergencies En-route
PPL Flight Test

NOTE:
*
*

This calendar assumes each day above is a working day.


Add extra days for non working days
Add extra days for weather delays as they arise.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

DAY 23
DAY 24
DAY 25
DAY 26
DAY 27
DAY 28
DAY 29
DAY 30
DAY 31
DAY 32
DAY 33
DAY 34
DAY 35
DAY 36/37
DAY 38
DAY 39
DAY 40
DAY 41
DAY 42
DAY 43
DAY 44
DAY 45
DAY 46
DAY 47
DAY 48
DAY 49
DAY 50
DAY 51
DAY 52
DAY 53
DAY 54
DAY 55
DAY 56
DAY 57
DAY 58
DAY 59
DAY 60

TA 29
TA 30
TA 31
TA 32
TA 33
TA 34
TA 35
TA 36
TA 37
TA 38
TA 39
TA 40
TA 41
TA 42
TA 43
TA 44
TA 45
TA 46
TA 47
TA 48
TA 49
TA 50
TA 51
TA 52
TA 53
TA 54
TA 55
TA 56
TA 57
TA 58
TA 59
TA 60
TA 61
TA 62
TA 63
TA 64
TA 65
TA 66
TA 67
TA 68
TA 69
TA 70
TA 71

NAV 10
NAV 11
NAV 12
NAV 13
NAV 14
NAV 15
SYN 1
NI 1
NI 2
NI 3
NI 4
NI 5
NI 6
NAV 16
SYN 2
SYN 3
NAV 17
NI 7
NI 8
NI 9
NI 10
NAV 18
NAV 19
GF 1
NAV 20
NAV 21
GF 2
SYN 4
NAV 22
GF 3
SYN 5
GF 4
NAV 23
NAV 24
NAV 25
GF 5
GF 6
GF 8
SYN 6
NAV 27
SYN 7
GF 8
GF 9

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

DAY 61
DAY 62
DAY 63
DAY 64
DAY 65
DAY 66
DAY 67
DAY 68

TA 72
GF 10
TA 73
NAV 29
TA 74
SYN 8
TA 75
NAV 31
TA 76
NAV 32
TA 77
NAV 33
TA 78
NAV 34
TA 79
ME 1
TA 80
ME 2
DAY 69
TA 81
ME 3
TA 82
ME 4
DAY 70
TA 83
ME 5
DAY 71
TA 84
ME 6
DAY 72
TA 85
SYN 9 ME
DAY 73
TA 86
NAV 37
DAY 74
TA 87
SYN 10 ME
DAY 75
TA 88
NAV 39
DAY 76
TA 89
SYN 11 ME
DAY 77
TA 90
NAV 41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------TA 91
CPL FLIGHT TEST
TA 92

IR-C-ME(A) FLIGHT TEST

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

Section 4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

ASSUMPTIONS
This syllabus assumes:
1.
2.

The trainee undertakes a standard PPL course,


The trainee having achieved a PPL then undertakes an
integrated course of training the end result being the
attainment of the following qualifications:
CPL(A)
IR-C-ME(A)

DEFINITION OF ACHIEVEMENT STANDARDS:


Review:

"Day VFR Syllabus- Aeroplane"

Standard 4
*

Trainee has received training in the Element but is not able


to consistently achieve the PPL Standard.

Standard 3
*

Trainee is able to achieve the PPL Standard on the


majority of occasions; Safe to operate under direct
supervision.

Standard 2
*

Trainee has achieved the standard required for Private


Pilot as detailed in "The Australian National Competency
Standards for Private and Commercial Pilots".

Standard 1
*

Trainee has achieved the required standard for


Commercial Pilot as detailed in "The Australian National
Competency Standards for Private and Commercial Pilots".

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

NOTES TO INSTRUCTORS:
*

When completing post flight assessments using the


assessment forms, it is not necessary to score every
element on every flight. Most flights will not cover all the
competency elements, therefore only score those elements
relevant.

When an element has attained the required standard


for that phase of training, further scoring is not necessary,
however ensure the "Achievement Record"
is certified accordingly.

NOTE:
The "Training Activity Versus Competency Element Grids" which
follow are intended to show a matrix of typical competency
elements which can be introduced or assessed during a training
activity.
Not all trainees will complete the TA satisfactorily at the pace
depicted in the grids. Therefore they are only a guide to the
anticipated progress of an average trainee.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

NOTE:
THE CHAPTER NUMBERS AND SECTION NUMBERS WHICH
APPEAR IN THE GROUND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS RELATE
TO THE CHAPTER AND SECTION NUMBERS IN THE MENU OF
THE PILOT THEORY ONLINE COURSE AT
www.pilottheory.com
THE TCO SECTION IS PRE PROGRAMMED TO FOLLOW THE
LESSONS IN THE ORDER SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

Training Activity Versus Competency Element Grid


TA 1
3.2
5.2

TA 2
3.2
5.2
1.3
1.2
2.1
3.1
5.5
12.3

TA 3
1.1
1.2
2.1
3.1
3.2
4.1
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
12.4
12.10
5.7

TA 4
1.1
1.2
2.1
3.1
3.2
4.1
4.2
4.3
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.7

TA 11
1.3
2.2
7.5
9.3

TA 12
1.3
2.2
8.3
8.5
9.3
12.3
12.4
12.5
12.10

TA 13
2.2
5.6
7.5
8.5

TA 14
8.3
12.3
12.4
12.5
12.10
7.2

TA 5
1.1
1.2
2.1
3.1
3.2
4.1
4.2
4.3
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
7.1
5.7
9.2
9.1
TA 15
8.4
8.5
10.1
7.4

TA 6
1.1
1.2
2.1
3.1
4.1
4.2
4.3
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
7.1
5.7
9.2
9.1
TA 16
10.1

TA 7
1.3
1.2
2.1
3.1
4.1
4.2
4.3
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.6
5.7
6.1
6.2
9.2
9.1
TA 17
# 1.1
# 1.2
1.3
# 2.1
# 2.2
# 3.1
# 3.2
# 4.2
# 5.1
# 5.2
# 5.3
# 5.4
# 5.5
# 5.6
# 6.1
# 6.2
# 7.1
# 7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
# 8.1
# 8.2
# 8.3
# 8.4
# 9.1
# 9.2
9.3
10.1
# 11.1
# 11.2

TA 8
2.2
4.1
4.2
4.3
5.6
6.1
6.2
8.1
1.3
9.2
9.1

TA 9
2.2
4.1
4.2
4.3
5.6
6.1
6.2
8.1
1.3
9.2
9.1

TA 18
A/R

TA 19
A/R

NOTE:
The "# " requires PPL standard to be achieved
Bold faced items represent where solo or area solo standards must be met.
GFPT standard must be met by TA 17 and the GFPT achievement record certified.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 10
# 4.1
4.2
# 4.3
5.6
6.1
6.2
1.3
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.7

Training Activity Versus Competency Element Grid


TA 20
4.1
4.3
5.7
12.1
12.5
12.10

TA 21
4.1
4.3
5.7
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
12.5
12.10

TA 22
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
12.5
12.8
12.10

TA 23
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
12.5
12.6
12.7
12.8
12.10
10.1

TA 24
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
12.5
12.10

TA 25
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
12.5
12.9
12.10

TA 26
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
12.5
12.6
12.9
12.10

Note:

TA 27
1.3
5.7
7.3
7.4
7.5
8.5
9.3
10.1
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
12.5
12.6
12.7
12.8
12.9
12.10

Several of the competency elements were certified to PPL Score 2 in the GFPT
phase.
This grid shows only those extra elements in the PPL phase which requires
Score 2 certification
All competencies must be Score 2 in TA 27 to qualify for the PPL Test.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

Training Activity Versus Competency Element Grid


25.
1
25.
3
25.
4
25.
5
25.
6
25.
7
25.
8
25.
9
25.
10
22.
1
22.
2
22.
3
18.
6
21.
4
21.
1
21.
3
21.
2
20.
1
20.
2
20.
3
20.
4
20.
5
24.
1
24.
2
23.
1
26.
1

TA
29

TA
30

TA
31

TA
32

TA
33

TA
34

TA
35

TA
36

TA
37

TA
38

TA
39

TA
40

TA
41

TA
42

TA
43

TA
44

TA
45

TA
46

x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x

x
x

x
x

xx
x

x
xx

xx

xx
x

Note:
The "x" indicates competency element first encountered or primary assessment in this TA.
The "xx" indicates where an assessment of CPL standard is required.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

xx

TA
47
25.
1
25.
3
25.
4
25.
5
25.
6
25.
7
25.
8
25.
9
25.
10
22.
1
22.
2
22.
3
18.
6
21.
4
21.
1
21.
3
21.
2
20.
1
20.
2
20.
3
20.
4
20.
5
24.
1
24.
2
23.
1
26.
1

TA
48

TA
49

TA
50

TA
51

TA
52

TA
53

xx

xx

xx

xx

xx

xx

xx

xx

xx

xx

xx

xx

TA
54

TA
55

TA
56

TA
57

TA
58

TA
59

TA
60

TA
61

TA
62

TA
63

TA
64

xx
xx
xx

xx

xx

x
x

x
xx

xx

xx

Note:
The "x" indicates competency element first encountered or primary assessment in this TA.
The "xx" indicates where an assessment of CPL standard is required.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA
65/
66
A/
R

Section 5

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

SYLLABUS IN SUMMARY FORM


TRAINING ACTIVITIES
UP TO GFPT

TA 1
TA 2
TA 3

TA 5
TA 6
TA 7
TA 8
TA 9
TA 10
TA 11

Effects of Controls
Straight and Level
Climbing, Descending and
Turning. Pt 1.
Climbing, Descending and
Turning. Pt 2.
Stalling .Pt 1.
Stalling .Pt 2.
Upper Air Circuits.
Circuits Pt 1.
Circuits Pt 2.
First Solo- Circuits
Circuits- Dual/Solo

TA 12
TA 13

Practice Forced Landings


Circuits- Dual/Solo

TA 14
TA 15

Practice Forced Landings Pt 2


Precautionary Search, and
Basic IF Pt 1. (0.5 IF)
Synthetic Trainer S/E. Basic
IF Pt 2. (1.0 IF)
Advanced Turning, SideSlipping, Basic IF pt 3. (0.5IF)
Area Solo Consolidation
Area Solo Consolidation, Pt 2
Solo Consolidation, A/R
General Flying Progress Test

TA 4

TA 16
TA 17
TA 18
TA 19
TA 19b
GFPT

1.0 Dual
1.0 D

1.0
2.0

1.0 D

3.0

1.0 D
1.0 D
1.0 D
1.0 D
1.0 D
1.0 D
0.5 Solo
0.5 D
1.0 S
1.0 D
0.5 D
0.5 S
1.0 D

4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
9.5

13.0
14.0

1.0 D

15.0

11.0
12.0

non flying
1.0 D
1.0 S
1.0 S
1.0 S
1.0 D

16.0
17.0
18.0
19.0
20.0

End of Phase Progress Totals


Dual
15.0
5.0
Solo
IF
2.0 (1.0 Synthetic Trainer)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

CONTENT OF TRAINING ACTIVITIES


TA1: Effects of Controls
GT 1:

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chapter 11, Sec 1.


*
*

Basic aeroplane knowledge.


Aeroplane terminology
Parts of the aeroplane

Chapter 1, Sec1.

Aerodynamics.
Aerofoil theory.
Aerofoil terminology
Plan forms of wings

*
*
*

Chapter 1, Sec 2.
*
*
*
*

Aerodynamics.
Lift
Bernoulli's Theorem
Pressure Distribution
Lift formula

Chapter 1, Sec 5.
*
*
*

Aerodynamics
Primary flying controls
Planes and Axes of movement
Primary and Secondary effects

Chapter 4, Sec 4.
*
*
*

Basic flight rules and Air law.


Aerodromes
Runway markings
Aerodrome Circuit

Chapter 9, Sec 1.
*
*
*

Radio Telephony.
VHF Transmitter/ Receiver
Components
Operation

Chapter 9, Sect 2.
Radio Telephony
*
Radio phraseology
*
Typical calls in the circuit
Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA1: Effects of Controls.


PFB 1:
The instructor is to discuss the following topics:
*
Pre-flight Inspection Procedure,
*
Start and Taxi Techniques
*
Checklist Discipline
*
Training Area Boundaries
*
Handing Over/ Taking Over Drills
*
Lookout Techniques
Duration 1.0
FT 1:

The flying lesson is to demonstrate the Effects of the


Controls, and other competency elements covered in the
PFB.

Duration 1.0
AF 1:

Review the training activity and advise of study and


preparation requirements for next TA.

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA 1 TO TA 11
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY
DUAL
SOLO
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
1.1
Complete pre and post flight actions, except: Wt and Bal
T/O and LDG Perf
Access to MET info
1.2
Perform pre flight inspection
1.3
Perform and certify Daily Inspection
2.1
Use R/T equipment
2.2
Maintain R/T equipment
3.1
Start and stop engine
3.2
Taxi aeroplane
Carry out pre take off procedures
4.1
4.2
Take off aeroplane, except cross wind
4.3
Carry out after take off procedures
5.1
Climb aeroplane, except Max rate and angle
5.2
Maintain straight and level
5.3
Descend aeroplane
5.4
Turn aeroplane
5.5
Control aeroplane at slow speed
5.6
Perform circuits and approaches, except flapless
5.7
Comply with airspace requirements, in the circuit
6.1
Land aeroplane , except crosswind
6.2
Perform mislanding procedure
7.1
Enter and recover from stall
7.2
Recover from incipient spin
8.1
Manage engine failure after take off
8.2
Manage engine failure elsewhere in the circuit
9.1
Plan fuel requirements, applicable to circuit
9.2
Manage fuel system, except range and endurance
9.3
Refuel aeroplane
_____________________________________________________________________
NOTE: Elements marked 4.1, & 4.3 to achieve Standard 2, PPL, @ first Solo
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 2: Straight and Level


GT 2: Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.
Chap 1, Sec 3.
*
*
*

Aerodynamics.
Drag
Laminar Flow
Drag curves

Chap 1, Sec 4.
*
*

Aerodynamics
Lift / Drag Ratio
Relationship of lift, angle of attack, weight and
speed

Chap 1, Sec 9.
*
*
*

Aerodynamics.
Straight and level flight
The Forces at work
Pitching Moments

Chap 1, Sec 7.
*

Aerodynamics.
Trim tabs and balance tabs

Chap 1, Sec 14. Aerodynamics.


*
Stability
*
Static and Dynamic Stability
Chap 1, Sec 15.
*
*
*

Aerodynamics.
Performance considerations
Thrust and Power
Endurance and Range

Revise the following sections online in Review Mode as


pre exam study.
Chap 9, Sec 1.
*
*
*

Radio Telephony.
VHF Transmitter/ Receiver
Components
Operation

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 2: Straight and Level:


PFB 2:
*
*
*
*

The instructor is to discuss the following topics:


Standard Power settings and configurations
Clock Code for traffic Reporting
Correct TRIM control technique (CCHAT)
Visual Attitude Cues

Duration 1.0
FT 2:

The flying lesson is to demonstrate the techniques required


to fly straight and level at varying power settings and
speeds, and other competency elements covered in the
PFB.

Duration 1.0
AF 2:

The instructor is to critique the FT.

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA 1 TO TA 11
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY
DUAL
SOLO
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
1.1
Complete pre and post flight actions, except: Wt and Bal
T/O and LDG Perf
Access to MET info
1.2
Perform pre flight inspection
1.3
Perform and certify Daily Inspection
2.1
Use R/T equipment
2.2
Maintain R/T equipment
3.1
Start and stop engine
3.2
Taxi aeroplane
Carry out pre take off procedures
4.1
4.2
Take off aeroplane, except cross wind
4.3
Carry out after take off procedures
5.1
Climb aeroplane, except Max rate and angle
5.2
Maintain straight and level
5.3
Descend aeroplane
5.4
Turn aeroplane
5.5
Control aeroplane at slow speed
5.6
Perform circuits and approaches, except flapless
5.7
Comply with airspace requirements, in the circuit
6.1
Land aeroplane , except crosswind
6.2
Perform mislanding procedure
7.1
Enter and recover from stall
7.2
Recover from incipient spin
8.1
Manage engine failure after take off
8.2
Manage engine failure elsewhere in the circuit
9.1
Plan fuel requirements, applicable to circuit
9.2
Manage fuel system, except range and endurance
9.3
Refuel aeroplane
_____________________________________________________________________
NOTE: Elements marked 4.1, & 4.3 to achieve Standard 2, PPL, @ first Solo
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 3: Climbing, Descending and Turning Pt 1.


GT3:

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 1, Sec 10.


*
*
*

Aerodynamics.
Climbing
Forces acting
Effects on performance

Chap 1, Sec 11.


*
*
*

Aerodynamics.
Descending and Gliding.
Forces acting
Best glide speed

Chap 1, Sec 12.


*
*
*
*

Aerodynamics.
Turning
Load factor
Rate of turn
Turning effect on stall speed

Chap 14, Sec 4.


*
*
*

Human Factors
Atmospheric pressure changes
Trapped body gases
Flying after Scuba diving

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 3: Climbing, Descending and Turning Pt 1.


PFB3:
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

The instructor is to discuss the following topics:


*
Techniques used to maintain, enter and exit a turn
Heading anticipation required to exit on a heading
Techniques used to maintain, enter and exit a climb
Application techniques for power and rudder
Engine handling practices
Clearing turns for Lookout purposes
Techniques used to maintain, enter and exit a descent

Duration 1.0
FT 3:
*
*
*
*
*

The instructor is to demonstrate the various techniques


used to fly the following sequences:
Gentle, and medium turns
Straight climbs, descents or maintaining level.
Max rate, max Angle and Cruise climb profiles
Cruise descent,
Clearing turns for Lookout purposes

Duration 1.0
AF3:

Critique as needed the FT.

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA 1 TO TA 11
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY
DUAL
SOLO
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
1.1
Complete pre and post flight actions, except: Wt and Bal
T/O and LDG Perf
Access to MET info
1.2
Perform pre flight inspection
1.3
Perform and certify Daily Inspection
2.1
Use R/T equipment
2.2
Maintain R/T equipment
3.1
Start and stop engine
3.2
Taxi aeroplane
Carry out pre take off procedures
4.1
4.2
Take off aeroplane, except cross wind
4.3
Carry out after take off procedures
5.1
Climb aeroplane, except Max rate and angle
5.2
Maintain straight and level
5.3
Descend aeroplane
5.4
Turn aeroplane
5.5
Control aeroplane at slow speed
5.6
Perform circuits and approaches, except flapless
5.7
Comply with airspace requirements, in the circuit
6.1
Land aeroplane , except crosswind
6.2
Perform mislanding procedure
7.1
Enter and recover from stall
7.2
Recover from incipient spin
8.1
Manage engine failure after take off
8.2
Manage engine failure elsewhere in the circuit
9.1
Plan fuel requirements, applicable to circuit
9.2
Manage fuel system, except range and endurance
9.3
Refuel aeroplane
_____________________________________________________________________
NOTE: Elements marked 4.1, & 4.3 to achieve Standard 2, PPL, @ first Solo
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 4: Climbing, Descending and Turning Pt 2.


GT 4:

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 1, Sec 8.
*
*
*
*

Aerodynamics.
Lift augmentation devices
Flaps and Spoilers
Uses for flaps
Precautions

Chap 2, Sec 1.
*
*
*

Engines and Systems.


Four stroke internal combustion engine
The Otto Cycle
Components in the engine

Chap 4, Sec 3.
*
*
*

Basic flight rules and air law.


Air Service operations
Checks to be carried out before flight
carriage of passengers

Chap 3, Sec 1.
*
*
*

Flight and Engine instruments.


Pitot-Static system
Static and Dynamic pressure
System components

Chap 3, Sec 2.
*
*
*
*

Flight and engine instruments.


Altimeter
Standard Atmosphere
Errors
Serviceability Checks

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 4: Climbing, Descending and Turning Pt2.


PFB 4:
*

*
*

The instructor is to discuss the following techniques and


procedures:
How to enter, maintain and exit to straight and level from;
A glide,
A cruise descent,
A descent or climb with flap, whilst in a turn or straight.
How to clear the engine and monitor engine temperature
How to enter the Base Turn from level flight

Duration 1.0
FT 4:

The flying lesson is to demonstrate the flying techniques


and procedures used to perform the profiles discussed in
the PFB, such as
*
Max angle climb,
*
Glide and gliding turns of gentle and medium bank
*
Base turn Entry, and maintenance techniques
*
Co-ordination exercises involving a series of climbs
and descents onto nominated headings

Duration 1.0
AF 4:

Debrief as necessary.

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA 1 TO TA 11
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY
DUAL
SOLO
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
1.1
Complete pre and post flight actions, except: Wt and Bal
T/O and LDG Perf
Access to MET info
1.2
Perform pre flight inspection
1.3
Perform and certify Daily Inspection
2.1
Use R/T equipment
2.2
Maintain R/T equipment
3.1
Start and stop engine
3.2
Taxi aeroplane
Carry out pre take off procedures
4.1
4.2
Take off aeroplane, except cross wind
4.3
Carry out after take off procedures
5.1
Climb aeroplane, except Max rate and angle
5.2
Maintain straight and level
5.3
Descend aeroplane
5.4
Turn aeroplane
5.5
Control aeroplane at slow speed
5.6
Perform circuits and approaches, except flapless
5.7
Comply with airspace requirements, in the circuit
6.1
Land aeroplane , except crosswind
6.2
Perform mislanding procedure
7.1
Enter and recover from stall
7.2
Recover from incipient spin
8.1
Manage engine failure after take off
8.2
Manage engine failure elsewhere in the circuit
9.1
Plan fuel requirements, applicable to circuit
9.2
Manage fuel system, except range and endurance
9.3
Refuel aeroplane
_____________________________________________________________________
NOTE: Elements marked 4.1, & 4.3 to achieve Standard 2, PPL, @ first Solo
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 5: Stalling Pt 1.
GT 5:

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 1, Sec 6.
*
*
*
*

Aerodynamics.
Stalling
Symptoms approaching the stall
Symptoms of the stall
Stall warning

Chap 2, Sec 14. Engines and Systems


*
Stall Warning
*
Types of warning devices
Chap 3, Sec 3.
*
*
*
*

Flight and Engine Instruments.


Vertical speed indicator
Principles of operation and construction
Errors
Serviceability Checks

Chap 3, Sec 4.
*
*
*

Flight and Engine Instruments.


Airspeed Indicator
Calibration
Errors and blockages

Chap 7, Sec 1.
*
*
*
*

Performance and Operations.


Aeroplane Limitations
ASI colour coding
Flight load limits
Weight limits

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 5: Stalling Pt 1.
PFB 5:
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

The instructor is to brief the following:


Recognition Symptoms of the Imminent Stall
Recognition Symptoms of the developed Stall
The Standard Stall Recovery Procedure
How to perform The Standard Stall Recovery Technique
The Pre stall Checklist--HASEL
How to Perform the after stall checklist procedure
How to perform the After TKOF checks
How to use the rudders during the activity

Duration 1.0
FT 5:

*
*
*
*
*
*

The instructor is to demonstrate the PFB items:


Slow flight within 10 kt of Stall speed
How to recognise the approaching stall, (situational
awareness)
Clean Power off developed Stall
Approach Configuration Imminent Stall
Checklist Procedures before and after stalling
Lookout and engine monitoring requirements

Duration 1.0
AF 5:

As Required

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA 1 TO TA 11
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY
DUAL
SOLO
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
1.1
Complete pre and post flight actions, except: Wt and Bal
T/O and LDG Perf
Access to MET info
1.2
Perform pre flight inspection
1.3
Perform and certify Daily Inspection
2.1
Use R/T equipment
2.2
Maintain R/T equipment
3.1
Start and stop engine
3.2
Taxi aeroplane
Carry out pre take off procedures
4.1
4.2
Take off aeroplane, except cross wind
4.3
Carry out after take off procedures
5.1
Climb aeroplane, except Max rate and angle
5.2
Maintain straight and level
5.3
Descend aeroplane
5.4
Turn aeroplane
5.5
Control aeroplane at slow speed
5.6
Perform circuits and approaches, except flapless
5.7
Comply with airspace requirements, in the circuit
6.1
Land aeroplane , except crosswind
6.2
Perform mislanding procedure
7.1
Enter and recover from stall
7.2
Recover from incipient spin
8.1
Manage engine failure after take off
8.2
Manage engine failure elsewhere in the circuit
9.1
Plan fuel requirements, applicable to circuit
9.2
Manage fuel system, except range and endurance
9.3
Refuel aeroplane
_____________________________________________________________________
NOTE: Elements marked 4.1, & 4.3 to achieve Standard 2, PPL, @ first Solo
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 6: Stalling Pt 2.
GT 6:

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 4, Sec 2.
*
*
*
*

Basic Flight Rules and air Law.


Flight rules and conditions of flight
Separation minima
Smoking and medical
Miscellaneous regulations

Chap 2, Sec 2.
*
*
*
*

Engines and Systems.


Carburation
Air/Fuel ratio
Float type
Direct fuel injection

Chap 2, Sec 15.


*
*
*

Engines and Systems.


Maintenance and Airworthiness
Responsibilities of PIC
Permissible maintenance actions by pilot

Chap 4, Sec 1.
*

Basic Flight Rules and Air Law.


Documentation, Pilot Licences, Privileges and
limitations
Flight area limits
Recency requirements

*
*

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 6: Stalling Pt 2.
PFB 6:
*
*
*
*
*

The pre flight briefing is to include:


Stall recovery techniques in a turn
Avoidance of use of aileron in picking up a dropped wingwhy?
How to stop a wing from dropping further using rudder
How to conduct a stall recovery in the landing configuration
How a stall occurs in manoeuvring flight

Duration 1.0
FT 6:

The instructor is to demonstrate the techniques required to


recover with minimum height loss, or no height loss for the
imminent stall situation, in the following profiles:
*
Imminent stall recovery in the landing configuration
*
Developed stall recovery in the Base Turn
*
Stall recovery in the climbing turn with power

Duration 1.0
AF 6:

Debrief as required.

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA 1 TO TA 11
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY
DUAL
SOLO
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
1.1
Complete pre and post flight actions, except: Wt and Bal
T/O and LDG Perf
Access to MET info
1.2
Perform pre flight inspection
1.3
Perform and certify Daily Inspection
2.1
Use R/T equipment
2.2
Maintain R/T equipment
3.1
Start and stop engine
3.2
Taxi aeroplane
Carry out pre take off procedures
4.1
4.2
Take off aeroplane, except cross wind
4.3
Carry out after take off procedures
5.1
Climb aeroplane, except Max rate and angle
5.2
Maintain straight and level
5.3
Descend aeroplane
5.4
Turn aeroplane
5.5
Control aeroplane at slow speed
5.6
Perform circuits and approaches, except flapless
5.7
Comply with airspace requirements, in the circuit
6.1
Land aeroplane , except crosswind
6.2
Perform mislanding procedure
7.1
Enter and recover from stall
7.2
Recover from incipient spin
8.1
Manage engine failure after take off
8.2
Manage engine failure elsewhere in the circuit
9.1
Plan fuel requirements, applicable to circuit
9.2
Manage fuel system, except range and endurance
9.3
Refuel aeroplane
_____________________________________________________________________
NOTE: Elements marked 4.1, & 4.3 to achieve Standard 2, PPL, @ first Solo
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 7: Upper Air Circuits


GT 7:

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 7, Sec 3.
*
*
*

Performance and Operations.


Aerodromes
Definitions
En route supplement, ERSA

Chap 1, Sec 16.


*
*
*
*

Aerodynamics.
Taxi, Take off and Landing
Stability during take off
Into wind advantages
Windshear

Chap 1, Sec 17.


*
*
*
*

Aerodynamics.
Wake and Thrust-stream Turbulence
Wing tip Vortex
Atmospheric turbulence
Rotor downwash

Chap 7, Sec 4a.


*
*
*
*

Performance and Operation.


Basic Take off and Landing Performance-pt 1
Take Off Charts
Terminology
Factors affecting Take off

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 7: Upper Air Circuits.


PFB 7:
*
*
*
*

The pre flight briefing is to include the following:


The Standard Circuit pattern description and flight profiles
The techniques used to fly the Base Leg, and Final Leg
with Review to flight path management
Circuit Checklist Procedures
Radio calls needed

Duration 1.0
FT 7:

The instructor is to introduce to the trainee the standard


circuit pattern by simulating flying the circuit pattern, whilst
the aircraft is in the training area. This removes the
trainee's concerns for dealing with traffic until the he has
become familiar with the sequence of events, which occur
in the circuit pattern.

Duration 1.0
AF 7:

Debriefing as required.

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA 1 TO TA 11
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY
DUAL
SOLO
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
1.1
Complete pre and post flight actions, except: Wt and Bal
T/O and LDG Perf
Access to MET info
1.2
Perform pre flight inspection
1.3
Perform and certify Daily Inspection
2.1
Use R/T equipment
2.2
Maintain R/T equipment
3.1
Start and stop engine
3.2
Taxi aeroplane
Carry out pre take off procedures
4.1
4.2
Take off aeroplane, except cross wind
4.3
Carry out after take off procedures
5.1
Climb aeroplane, except Max rate and angle
5.2
Maintain straight and level
5.3
Descend aeroplane
5.4
Turn aeroplane
5.5
Control aeroplane at slow speed
5.6
Perform circuits and approaches, except flapless
5.7
Comply with airspace requirements, in the circuit
6.1
Land aeroplane , except crosswind
6.2
Perform mislanding procedure
7.1
Enter and recover from stall
7.2
Recover from incipient spin
8.1
Manage engine failure after take off
8.2
Manage engine failure elsewhere in the circuit
9.1
Plan fuel requirements, applicable to circuit
9.2
Manage fuel system, except range and endurance
9.3
Refuel aeroplane
_____________________________________________________________________
NOTE: Elements marked 4.1, & 4.3 to achieve Standard 2, PPL, @ first Solo
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 8: Circuit Operations Pt 1
GT 8:

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 7, Sec 4b. Performance and Operations.


*
Basic Take off and landing performance- Pt2
*
Definition of terms
Chap 7, Sec 7.
*
*
*
*

Performance and Operation.


Aerodrome Landing Areas
Minimum dimensions required for flight
Obstacles
Restrictions

Chap 14, Sec 1.


*
*
*
*

Human Factors.
Basic Health
Diet and exercise
Use of medication
Pilot's responsibility to be fit

Chap 14, Sec 2.


*
*
*
*

Human Factors,
Health and Fitness.
Alcohol
Over the counter drugs
Blood donations

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 8: Circuit Operations Pt 1.
PFB 8:
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

The pre flight briefing is to include:


How to make Standard radio calls in the circuit
The Take off technique, and visual attitude cues
The Landing Technique, and visual cues
How to adjust and control rate of descent around base
How to adjust finals approach path
Where to look during the flare and landing
The Go round procedure
Discuss the EFATO drills
The touch'n'go procedure

Duration 1.0
FT 8:

*
*
*
*

The flying lesson is to include operations in the circuit area:


Demonstrate a normal fullstop landing from a standard
circuit as briefed.
The trainee is to conduct at least three fullstop landings
from standard circuits
Demonstrate a Go round from not below 300ft AGL
The trainee is to practice a Go Round

Duration 1.0
AF 8:

Debrief the trainee as required.


Prepare the trainee to sit the Pre-Solo Quiz.

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA 1 TO TA 11
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY
DUAL
SOLO
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
1.1
Complete pre and post flight actions, except: Wt and Bal
T/O and LDG Perf
Access to MET info
1.2
Perform pre flight inspection
1.3
Perform and certify Daily Inspection
2.1
Use R/T equipment
2.2
Maintain R/T equipment
3.1
Start and stop engine
3.2
Taxi aeroplane
Carry out pre take off procedures
4.1
4.2
Take off aeroplane, except cross wind
4.3
Carry out after take off procedures
5.1
Climb aeroplane, except Max rate and angle
5.2
Maintain straight and level
5.3
Descend aeroplane
5.4
Turn aeroplane
5.5
Control aeroplane at slow speed
5.6
Perform circuits and approaches, except flapless
5.7
Comply with airspace requirements, in the circuit
6.1
Land aeroplane , except crosswind
6.2
Perform mislanding procedure
7.1
Enter and recover from stall
7.2
Recover from incipient spin
8.1
Manage engine failure after take off
8.2
Manage engine failure elsewhere in the circuit
9.1
Plan fuel requirements, applicable to circuit
9.2
Manage fuel system, except range and endurance
9.3
Refuel aeroplane
_____________________________________________________________________
NOTE: Elements marked 4.1, & 4.3 to achieve Standard 2, PPL, @ first Solo
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 9: Circuit Consolidation:
GT 9:

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 2, Sec 3.
*
*
*
*
*

Engines and Systems.


Engine Icing
Types
Carburettor Heat
Checking for Ice
Dangers of engine ice

Chap 2, Sec 4.
*
*
*
*

Engines and Systems.


Supercharging
Principle of operation
Waste Gates
Definitions of engine power

Chap 2, Sec 5.
*
*
*
*
*

Engines and Systems.


Propellers
Terminology
Asymmetric Blade effect
Constant Speed Unit
Propeller efficiency

Chap 4, Sec 5.
*
*
*

Basic Flight Rules.


Emergencies and Search and Rescue
Accidents and Incidents
Phases

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 9: Circuit Consolidation.
PFB 9:
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

The PFB is to include:


Responsibilities as PIC
Solo performance criteria---Safety
EFATO Drills correct from memory
How is the EFATO attitude set, visual cues
No radio Drills
Light signals from tower
Describe the Flapless circuit from Base leg
Describe the flapless landing technique

Duration 1.0
FT 9:

The Solo assessment is to be made.


Flapless circuits are to be introduced after satisfactory
evidence of Solo standard (competency) has been
displayed during standard circuits.

Duration 1.0
AF 9: Conduct debriefing.
Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA 1 TO TA 11
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY
DUAL
SOLO
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
1.1
Complete pre and post flight actions, except: Wt and Bal
T/O and LDG Perf
Access to MET info
1.2
Perform pre flight inspection
1.3
Perform and certify Daily Inspection
2.1
Use R/T equipment
2.2
Maintain R/T equipment
3.1
Start and stop engine
3.2
Taxi aeroplane
Carry out pre take off procedures
4.1
4.2
Take off aeroplane, except cross wind
4.3
Carry out after take off procedures
5.1
Climb aeroplane, except Max rate and angle
5.2
Maintain straight and level
5.3
Descend aeroplane
5.4
Turn aeroplane
5.5
Control aeroplane at slow speed
5.6
Perform circuits and approaches, except flapless
5.7
Comply with airspace requirements, in the circuit
6.1
Land aeroplane , except crosswind
6.2
Perform mislanding procedure
7.1
Enter and recover from stall
7.2
Recover from incipient spin
8.1
Manage engine failure after take off
8.2
Manage engine failure elsewhere in the circuit
9.1
Plan fuel requirements, applicable to circuit
9.2
Manage fuel system, except range and endurance
9.3
Refuel aeroplane
_____________________________________________________________________
NOTE: Elements marked 4.1, & 4.3 to achieve Standard 2, PPL, @ first Solo
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 10: First Solo Circuit


GT 10:

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 2, Sec 6.
*
*
*
*
*

Engines and Systems.


Fuel Systems
Fuel grades
Detonation
Components
Back firing

Chap 2, Sec 7.
*
*
*

Engines and Systems.


Oil Systems
Sump types
Indications and causes of malfunctions

Chap 2, Sec 8.
*
*
*
*

Engines and Systems.


Ignition System.
Magneto components and operation
Dual Ignition
Magneto check

Chap 2, Sec 9.
*
*
*
*

Engines and Systems,


Electrical System
Generators
Alternators
Distribution systems

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 10 : First Solo Circuit.


PFB 10:
*
*
*

The PFB is to describe the solo sortie authorised:


The trainee is to be quizzed on EFATO drills
The trainee is to be quizzed on radio fail drills
The Go round drills are to be quizzed

Duration 0.5
FT 10:

The trainee is to conduct three standard circuits.

Duration 0.5
AF 10:

The trainee is to debrief the solo to his instructor.

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA 1 TO TA 11
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY
DUAL
SOLO
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
1.1
Complete pre and post flight actions, except: Wt and Bal
T/O and LDG Perf
Access to MET info
1.2
Perform pre flight inspection
1.3
Perform and certify Daily Inspection
2.1
Use R/T equipment
2.2
Maintain R/T equipment
3.1
Start and stop engine
3.2
Taxi aeroplane
Carry out pre take off procedures
4.1
4.2
Take off aeroplane, except cross wind
4.3
Carry out after take off procedures
5.1
Climb aeroplane, except Max rate and angle
5.2
Maintain straight and level
5.3
Descend aeroplane
5.4
Turn aeroplane
5.5
Control aeroplane at slow speed
5.6
Perform circuits and approaches, except flapless
5.7
Comply with airspace requirements, in the circuit
6.1
Land aeroplane , except crosswind
6.2
Perform mislanding procedure
7.1
Enter and recover from stall
7.2
Recover from incipient spin
8.1
Manage engine failure after take off
8.2
Manage engine failure elsewhere in the circuit
9.1
Plan fuel requirements, applicable to circuit
9.2
Manage fuel system, except range and endurance
9.3
Refuel aeroplane
_____________________________________________________________________
NOTE: Elements marked 4.1, & 4.3 to achieve Standard 2, PPL, @ first Solo
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 11: Circuit Consolidation. ( Dual/Solo)


GT 11:

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 5, Sec 8.
*
*
*
*

Meteorology.
Local Winds
Land Breeze and Sea breeze
Katabatic wind
Fohn wind

Chap 5, Sec 11.


*
*
*
*

Meteorology.
Visibility
Fog, Mist and Haze
Oblique visibility
Runway visibility

Chap 5, Sec 12.


*
*
*

Meteorology.
Turbulence, Standing Waves and Windshear.
Types of turbulence
Standing waves

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 11 : Circuit Consolidation.( dual/solo).


PFB 11:
*
*
*
*
*
*

The PFB is to include:


Describe the procedures and flying techniques relating to
the other circuit variations:
Glide Circuit
Low Level circuit
Bad weather circuit
X-Wind circuit
Discuss the profile authorised for the solo circuit

Duration1.0
FT 11:
*
*

This is flown in two parts.


(Dual)
Demonstrate a glide circuit, and a low level circuit.
Assess the trainee is competent to fly standard and flapless
circuits solo

Duration 0.5
*

(Solo)
Conduct standard and flapless circuits only as briefed

Duration 1.0
AF 11:

Debrief as required.

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA 1 TO TA 11
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY
DUAL
SOLO
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
1.1
Complete pre and post flight actions, except: Wt and Bal
T/O and LDG Perf
Access to MET info
1.2
Perform pre flight inspection
1.3
Perform and certify Daily Inspection
2.1
Use R/T equipment
2.2
Maintain R/T equipment
3.1
Start and stop engine
3.2
Taxi aeroplane
Carry out pre take off procedures
4.1
4.2
Take off aeroplane, except cross wind
4.3
Carry out after take off procedures
5.1
Climb aeroplane, except Max rate and angle
5.2
Maintain straight and level
5.3
Descend aeroplane
5.4
Turn aeroplane
5.5
Control aeroplane at slow speed
5.6
Perform circuits and approaches, except flapless
5.7
Comply with airspace requirements, in the circuit
6.1
Land aeroplane , except crosswind
6.2
Perform mislanding procedure
7.1
Enter and recover from stall
7.2
Recover from incipient spin
8.1
Manage engine failure after take off
8.2
Manage engine failure elsewhere in the circuit
9.1
Plan fuel requirements, applicable to circuit
9.2
Manage fuel system, except range and endurance
9.3
Refuel aeroplane
_____________________________________________________________________
NOTE: Elements marked 4.1, & 4.3 to achieve Standard 2, PPL, @ first Solo
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 12: Forced Landing Practice. Pt 1.


GT 12:

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 9, Sec 3.
*
*
*
*

Radiotelephony.
Emergency
Comms Failure procedure
Light Signals
Distress and Urgency signals

Chap 3, Sec 5.
*
*
*
*
*

Flight and Engine Instruments.


Gyro Principles
Rigidity
Precession
Errors
Wander

Chap 3, Sec 6.
*
*
*
*

Flight and Engine Instruments.


Artificial Horizon
Display
Limitations
Principles of operation

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 12: Forced Landing Practice. Pt1.


PFB 12:
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

The PFB is to include:


Describe the Standard Forced landing pattern
Describe the field selection criteria
State the Immediate Action drill, Procedure
State the Trouble Check Procedure
Describe how to configure the aircraft
Describe how to judge glide capability
State the rules for flight below 500ft Agl
WIND assessment techniques
Describe engine handling procedures

Duration 1.0
FT 12:
*
*

The instructor is to demonstrate the Pattern from 3000ft


AGL, conducting all procedural aspects.
The trainee is to fly the pattern developing his judgement to
achieve a safe outcome.
Checklist procedures are of lesser importance in this
lesson.

Duration 1.0
AF 12:

Debrief the sortie as appropriate.

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA 12 TO TA 19 (GFPT)
DATE:
AIRCRAFT:
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
_______________________________________________________________________El
ement
Description
Standard
1.1
Complete pre and post flight actions
1.2
Perform pre flight inspection
2.1
Use R/T equipment, applicable to airspace
2.2
Maintain R/T equipment
3.1
Start and stop engine
3.2
Taxi aeroplane
4.2
Take off aeroplane
5.1
Climb aeroplane, including max rate and angle
5.2
Maintain straight and level
5.3
Descend aeroplane
5.4
Turn aeroplane
5.5
Control aeroplane at slow speeds
5.6
Perform circuits and approaches
5.7
Comply with airspace requirements as applicable
6.1
Land aeroplane, including crosswind
6.2
Perform mislanding procedure
7.1
Enter and recover from a stall
7.2
Recover from incipient spin
7.3
Turn aeroplane steeply
7.4
Sideslip aeroplane
7.5
Execute short take off and landing
8.1
Manage engine failure after take off
8.2
Manage engine failure elsewhere in circuit
8.3
Perform forced landing
8.4
Conduct precautionary search and landing
9.1
Plan fuel requirements
9.2
Manage fuel system
9.3
Refuel aeroplane
10.1
Perform manoeuvres with Review to instruments
11.1
Brief passengers
11.2
Aid and assist passengers
NOTE: Bold print elements to be Standard 2 prior to GFPT
_________________________________________________________________________
___COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA13: Circuit consolidation (Dual /Solo)


GT 13:

Review previous ground theory as necessary in Review


Mode.

Duration 1.0 (approx)


PFB 13:

The PFB is to outline the sortie structure, highlighting


elements of competency in which the trainee is deficient.

Duration 1.0
FT 13:
*
*
*

The FT is to be in two parts:


(Dual)
Conduct glide, standard and low level circuits
Assess suitability for solo
Conduct Practice engine failure on downwind

Duration 0.5
*

(Solo)
Conduct solo circuits as directed

Duration 0.5

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA 12 TO TA 19 (GFPT)
DATE:
AIRCRAFT:
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
_______________________________________________________________________El
ement
Description
Standard
1.1
Complete pre and post flight actions
1.2
Perform pre flight inspection
2.1
Use R/T equipment, applicable to airspace
2.2
Maintain R/T equipment
3.1
Start and stop engine
3.2
Taxi aeroplane
4.2
Take off aeroplane
5.1
Climb aeroplane, including max rate and angle
5.2
Maintain straight and level
5.3
Descend aeroplane
5.4
Turn aeroplane
5.5
Control aeroplane at slow speeds
5.6
Perform circuits and approaches
5.7
Comply with airspace requirements as applicable
6.1
Land aeroplane, including crosswind
6.2
Perform mislanding procedure
7.1
Enter and recover from a stall
7.2
Recover from incipient spin
7.3
Turn aeroplane steeply
7.4
Sideslip aeroplane
7.5
Execute short take off and landing
8.1
Manage engine failure after take off
8.2
Manage engine failure elsewhere in circuit
8.3
Perform forced landing
8.4
Conduct precautionary search and landing
9.1
Plan fuel requirements
9.2
Manage fuel system
9.3
Refuel aeroplane
10.1
Perform manoeuvres with Review to instruments
11.1
Brief passengers
11.2
Aid and assist passengers
NOTE: Bold print elements to be Standard 2 prior to GFPT
_________________________________________________________________________
___COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 14: Forced Landings Pt2.


GT 14:

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 3, Sec 7.
*
*
*
*

Flight and Engine Instruments.


Directional Gyro Indicator
Principle of operation
Control system
Errors

Chap 3, Sec 8.
*
*
*
*

Flight and Engine Instruments.


Turn and Slip Indicator and Turn Co-ordinator
Principle of operation
Types of indicator
Errors

Chap 3, Sec 9.
*
*
*

Flight and Engine Instruments.


Terrestrial Magnetism
Terminology
Components of the Earth's magnetic field

Chap 3, Sec 10.


*
*
*
*
*

Flight and Engine Instruments.


Direct Reading Compass
Requirements of a magnet system
Deviation
Variation
Errors

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 14: Forced Landings. Pt 2.


PFB 14:
*
*
*
*

The PFB is to include:


Mayday call format and requirements
Passenger briefing requirements
Discuss methods used to modify the pattern
Height awareness must be Review AGL

Duration 1.0
FT 14:
*
*
*

The flying lesson is to revise the Pattern and hone the


trainee's competency.
All checklist actions are to be incorporated by the trainee
Attempt the pattern from 1500ft Agl
Revise the glide circuit

Duration 1.0
AF 14:

Debrief the FT accordingly.

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA 12 TO TA 19 (GFPT)
DATE:
AIRCRAFT:
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
_______________________________________________________________________El
ement
Description
Standard
1.1
Complete pre and post flight actions
1.2
Perform pre flight inspection
2.1
Use R/T equipment, applicable to airspace
2.2
Maintain R/T equipment
3.1
Start and stop engine
3.2
Taxi aeroplane
4.2
Take off aeroplane
5.1
Climb aeroplane, including max rate and angle
5.2
Maintain straight and level
5.3
Descend aeroplane
5.4
Turn aeroplane
5.5
Control aeroplane at slow speeds
5.6
Perform circuits and approaches
5.7
Comply with airspace requirements as applicable
6.1
Land aeroplane, including crosswind
6.2
Perform mislanding procedure
7.1
Enter and recover from a stall
7.2
Recover from incipient spin
7.3
Turn aeroplane steeply
7.4
Sideslip aeroplane
7.5
Execute short take off and landing
8.1
Manage engine failure after take off
8.2
Manage engine failure elsewhere in circuit
8.3
Perform forced landing
8.4
Conduct precautionary search and landing
9.1
Plan fuel requirements
9.2
Manage fuel system
9.3
Refuel aeroplane
10.1
Perform manoeuvres with Review to instruments
11.1
Brief passengers
11.2
Aid and assist passengers
NOTE: Bold print elements to be Standard 2 prior to GFPT
_________________________________________________________________________
___COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 15: Precautionary Search, and Introduction to IF.


GT 15:

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 3, Sec 13.


*
*
*
*

Flight and Engine Instruments.


Engine Instruments
Purpose
Displays
Indications

Chap 5, Sec 1.
*
*
*
*

Meteorology.
Composition of the Atmosphere
Layers of the atmosphere
Properties of the atmosphere
Standard atmosphere

Chap 5, Sec 6.
*
*
*
*
*

Meteorology.
Pressure Systems
Depressions
COL
Troughs and ridges
Terminology

Chap 5, Sec 7.
*
*
*
*

Meteorology.
Winds
Pressure Gradient Force
Geostrophic Wind
Gradient Wind

Chap 14, Sec 3.


*
*
*
*
*

Human Factors.
Hyperventilation
Definition
Causes
Symptoms
how to combat hyperventilation

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 15: Precautionary Search, and Introduction to IF.


PFB 15:
*
*
*
*
*

The PFB is to include:


The Selective Radial Scan technique for IF
The internal scanning method for the Attitude Indicator
Datum attitudes and power settings for a specific
performance
Discuss the Precautionary Search procedure
Describe the PAN call

Duration 1.0
FT 15:
*
*

The instructor is to demonstrate the following:


Reveal instrument errors of the compass,
ASI, VSI, ALT,DG, and T&S indicator.
Basic IF techniques for simple flight profiles are to be
attempted by the trainee

(IF Duration 0.5)


*
*
*

The standard Precautionary Search and field selection


procedure.
Conduct a Stall activity for revision
Assess the trainee is competent for Area Solo

Duration 1.0
AF 15:

Debrief the FT accordingly.


Ensure the trainee has passed the Area Solo
Examination

Duration 1.0

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA 12 TO TA 19 (GFPT)
DATE:
AIRCRAFT:
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
_______________________________________________________________________El
ement
Description
Standard
1.1
Complete pre and post flight actions
1.2
Perform pre flight inspection
2.1
Use R/T equipment, applicable to airspace
2.2
Maintain R/T equipment
3.1
Start and stop engine
3.2
Taxi aeroplane
4.2
Take off aeroplane
5.1
Climb aeroplane, including max rate and angle
5.2
Maintain straight and level
5.3
Descend aeroplane
5.4
Turn aeroplane
5.5
Control aeroplane at slow speeds
5.6
Perform circuits and approaches
5.7
Comply with airspace requirements as applicable
6.1
Land aeroplane, including crosswind
6.2
Perform mislanding procedure
7.1
Enter and recover from a stall
7.2
Recover from incipient spin
7.3
Turn aeroplane steeply
7.4
Sideslip aeroplane
7.5
Execute short take off and landing
8.1
Manage engine failure after take off
8.2
Manage engine failure elsewhere in circuit
8.3
Perform forced landing
8.4
Conduct precautionary search and landing
9.1
Plan fuel requirements
9.2
Manage fuel system
9.3
Refuel aeroplane
10.1
Perform manoeuvres with Review to instruments
11.1
Brief passengers
11.2
Aid and assist passengers
NOTE: Bold print elements to be Standard 2 prior to GFPT
_________________________________________________________________________
___COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 16: Synthetic Trainer IF:


PFB16:

The PFB is to discuss the procedures and techniques


employed to fly the Synthetic Trainer.

Duration 1.0
FT 16:

*
*
*

Revise Basic Instrument flying skills in the Synthetic


Trainer
Conduct Co-ordination exercises as desired.
Non flying

(IF Duration 1.0)


AF 16:

Debrief the synthetic training activity.

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA 12 TO TA 19 (GFPT)
DATE:
AIRCRAFT:
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
_______________________________________________________________________El
ement
Description
Standard
1.1
Complete pre and post flight actions
1.2
Perform pre flight inspection
2.1
Use R/T equipment, applicable to airspace
2.2
Maintain R/T equipment
3.1
Start and stop engine
3.2
Taxi aeroplane
4.2
Take off aeroplane
5.1
Climb aeroplane, including max rate and angle
5.2
Maintain straight and level
5.3
Descend aeroplane
5.4
Turn aeroplane
5.5
Control aeroplane at slow speeds
5.6
Perform circuits and approaches
5.7
Comply with airspace requirements as applicable
6.1
Land aeroplane, including crosswind
6.2
Perform mislanding procedure
7.1
Enter and recover from a stall
7.2
Recover from incipient spin
7.3
Turn aeroplane steeply
7.4
Sideslip aeroplane
7.5
Execute short take off and landing
8.1
Manage engine failure after take off
8.2
Manage engine failure elsewhere in circuit
8.3
Perform forced landing
8.4
Conduct precautionary search and landing
9.1
Plan fuel requirements
9.2
Manage fuel system
9.3
Refuel aeroplane
10.1
Perform manoeuvres with Review to instruments
11.1
Brief passengers
11.2
Aid and assist passengers
NOTE: Bold print elements to be Standard 2 prior to GFPT
_________________________________________________________________________
___COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 17: Advanced Turning, Sideslipping, IF Consolidation:


GT 17:

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 14, Sec 6a Human Factors.


*
Vision, Spatial Disorientation and Illusions Part 1.
*
The eye
Chap 14, Sec 6b Human Factors
Vision, Spatial Disorientation and Illusions Part 2.
*
Disorientation
Chap 14, Sec 6c Human Factors
*
Vision, Spatial Disorientation and Illusions Part 3.
*
Visual Illusions
Chap 14, Sec 7.
*
*
*
*

Human Factors.
Motion Sickness
Basic causes
Symptoms
Factors that aggravate motion sickness

Chap 14, Sec 8.


*
*
*
*

Human Factors.
Acceleration and G Effects
Tolerance
Effects of G on the body
Positive and Negative G forces

Chap 1, Sec 13.


*
*
*
*
*

Aerodynamics.
Spinning and Spiral Dives
Causes of a spin
Stages in a spin
Types of spin
The spiral dive

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 17: Advanced Turning, Sideslipping and IF Consolidation.


PFB 17:
*
*
*

The PFB is to include:


Describe the techniques to fly Rate-one turns whilst
climbing or descending
Describe the techniques to fly steep turns visually
Describe the techniques used to sideslip the aircraft

Duration 1.0
FT 17:
*

The FT is to include:
Revision of basic IF manoeuvres

(IF Duration 0.5)


*
*

Demonstrate and trainee practice the techniques to fly


steep turns
Demonstrate and trainee to practice side slipping
techniques

Duration 1.0
AF 17:

Debrief.

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA 12 TO TA 19 (GFPT)
DATE:
AIRCRAFT:
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
_______________________________________________________________________El
ement
Description
Standard
1.1
Complete pre and post flight actions
1.2
Perform pre flight inspection
2.1
Use R/T equipment, applicable to airspace
2.2
Maintain R/T equipment
3.1
Start and stop engine
3.2
Taxi aeroplane
4.2
Take off aeroplane
5.1
Climb aeroplane, including max rate and angle
5.2
Maintain straight and level
5.3
Descend aeroplane
5.4
Turn aeroplane
5.5
Control aeroplane at slow speeds
5.6
Perform circuits and approaches
5.7
Comply with airspace requirements as applicable
6.1
Land aeroplane, including crosswind
6.2
Perform mislanding procedure
7.1
Enter and recover from a stall
7.2
Recover from incipient spin
7.3
Turn aeroplane steeply
7.4
Sideslip aeroplane
7.5
Execute short take off and landing
8.1
Manage engine failure after take off
8.2
Manage engine failure elsewhere in circuit
8.3
Perform forced landing
8.4
Conduct precautionary search and landing
9.1
Plan fuel requirements
9.2
Manage fuel system
9.3
Refuel aeroplane
10.1
Perform manoeuvres with Review to instruments
11.1
Brief passengers
11.2
Aid and assist passengers
NOTE: Bold print elements to be Standard 2 prior to GFPT
_________________________________________________________________________
___COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 18: Area Solo, GF Consolidation:


GT 18:

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 14,Sec 14. Human Factors.


*
Principles of First Aid and Survival.
*
Medical Hazards
*
Location aids
*
Priorities of treatment
*
Survival principles
Chap 14,Sec 12. Human Factors.
*
Human Factors Considerations
*
Concept of Stress
*
Fatigue
*
Decision making skills
*
Basic ergonomics
Chap 7, Sec 6.
*
*
*
*

Performance and Operations.


Airworthiness and aircraft equipment
Maintenance Release
Flight Manual
Emergency equipment.

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 18: Area Solo, and GF Consolidation.


PFB 18:
*
*
*
*
*
*

The PFB is to include:


Discuss the Captaincy requirements for area solo
Only conduct activities authorised
Practice General Flying,
Turns,
Stalling,
Practiced Forced landings (not below 500ftAgl)

Duration 0.5
FT 18:

The trainee is to conduct flight as authorised:

Duration 1.0
AF 18:

Debrief the sortie as required.

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA 12 TO TA 19 (GFPT)
DATE:
AIRCRAFT:
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
_______________________________________________________________________El
ement
Description
Standard
1.1
Complete pre and post flight actions
1.2
Perform pre flight inspection
2.1
Use R/T equipment, applicable to airspace
2.2
Maintain R/T equipment
3.1
Start and stop engine
3.2
Taxi aeroplane
4.2
Take off aeroplane
5.1
Climb aeroplane, including max rate and angle
5.2
Maintain straight and level
5.3
Descend aeroplane
5.4
Turn aeroplane
5.5
Control aeroplane at slow speeds
5.6
Perform circuits and approaches
5.7
Comply with airspace requirements as applicable
6.1
Land aeroplane, including crosswind
6.2
Perform mislanding procedure
7.1
Enter and recover from a stall
7.2
Recover from incipient spin
7.3
Turn aeroplane steeply
7.4
Sideslip aeroplane
7.5
Execute short take off and landing
8.1
Manage engine failure after take off
8.2
Manage engine failure elsewhere in circuit
8.3
Perform forced landing
8.4
Conduct precautionary search and landing
9.1
Plan fuel requirements
9.2
Manage fuel system
9.3
Refuel aeroplane
10.1
Perform manoeuvres with Review to instruments
11.1
Brief passengers
11.2
Aid and assist passengers
NOTE: Bold print elements to be Standard 2 prior to GFPT
_________________________________________________________________________
___COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 19:

Solo Area Consolidation-Pt 2

GT 19:

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 6, Sec 2.
*
*
*
*
*

Navigation.
Maps and Charts
Form of the Earth
Map Projections
Methods of showing scale
Chart convergency

Chap 6, Sec 3.
*
*
*
*

Navigation.
Charts.
Standard symbols
Measuring distances
Plotting position

Chap 11, Sec 2. Basic Aeroplane Knowledge.


*
Aeroplane Endorsement
Duration1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 19: Solo Area Consolidation. Pt 2.


PFB 19:
*
*
*

Discuss the revision sequences to be practiced;


Practiced Forced Landings,
Steep Turns,
Incipient Stalls

Duration 0.5
FT 19:

Conduct the revision as briefed.

Duration 1.0
AF 19:

Debrief the activity.

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA 12 TO TA 19 (GFPT)
DATE:
AIRCRAFT:
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
_______________________________________________________________________El
ement
Description
Standard
1.1
Complete pre and post flight actions
1.2
Perform pre flight inspection
2.1
Use R/T equipment, applicable to airspace
2.2
Maintain R/T equipment
3.1
Start and stop engine
3.2
Taxi aeroplane
4.2
Take off aeroplane
5.1
Climb aeroplane, including max rate and angle
5.2
Maintain straight and level
5.3
Descend aeroplane
5.4
Turn aeroplane
5.5
Control aeroplane at slow speeds
5.6
Perform circuits and approaches
5.7
Comply with airspace requirements as applicable
6.1
Land aeroplane, including crosswind
6.2
Perform mislanding procedure
7.1
Enter and recover from a stall
7.2
Recover from incipient spin
7.3
Turn aeroplane steeply
7.4
Sideslip aeroplane
7.5
Execute short take off and landing
8.1
Manage engine failure after take off
8.2
Manage engine failure elsewhere in circuit
8.3
Perform forced landing
8.4
Conduct precautionary search and landing
9.1
Plan fuel requirements
9.2
Manage fuel system
9.3
Refuel aeroplane
10.1
Perform manoeuvres with Review to instruments
11.1
Brief passengers
11.2
Aid and assist passengers
NOTE: Bold print elements to be Standard 2 prior to GFPT
_________________________________________________________________________
___COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 19B: Area solo & Circuit solo.


GT 19B:

Revise the following sections online in Review Mode as


pre exam study.

Chap 4, Sec 1.
*

Basic Flight Rules.


Documentation, Pilot licences, Privileges and
Limitations

Chap 4, Sec 2.
*

Basic Flight Rules.


Flight Rules and conditions of Flight

Chap 4, Sec 3.
*

Basic Flight Rules.


Air Service Operations.

Chap 7, Sec 1.
*

Performance and Operations.


Aeroplane Limitations.

Chap 11, Sec 1. Basic Aeroplane Knowledge.


*
Aeroplane Terminology.
Duration 1.0 (approx)

*****

Sit the BAK EXAM.

*****

Duration A/R

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 19B: Area Solo and Circuit Solo.


PFB 19 B:
*
*
*

Discuss the sequences of training to be revised.


Review the BAK Exam results
Complete All trainee Achievement Records
Complete the GFPT application.

Duration 2.0
FT 19 B:

Conduct Solo consolidation of circuits or general flying as


briefed.

Duration 1.0
AF19 B:

Conduct debrief as required.

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

GFPT Flight Test


Duration 1.0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA 12 TO TA 19 (GFPT)
DATE:
AIRCRAFT:
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
_______________________________________________________________________El
ement
Description
Standard
1.1
Complete pre and post flight actions
1.2
Perform pre flight inspection
2.1
Use R/T equipment, applicable to airspace
2.2
Maintain R/T equipment
3.1
Start and stop engine
3.2
Taxi aeroplane
4.2
Take off aeroplane
5.1
Climb aeroplane, including max rate and angle
5.2
Maintain straight and level
5.3
Descend aeroplane
5.4
Turn aeroplane
5.5
Control aeroplane at slow speeds
5.6
Perform circuits and approaches
5.7
Comply with airspace requirements as applicable
6.1
Land aeroplane, including crosswind
6.2
Perform mislanding procedure
7.1
Enter and recover from a stall
7.2
Recover from incipient spin
7.3
Turn aeroplane steeply
7.4
Sideslip aeroplane
7.5
Execute short take off and landing
8.1
Manage engine failure after take off
8.2
Manage engine failure elsewhere in circuit
8.3
Perform forced landing
8.4
Conduct precautionary search and landing
9.1
Plan fuel requirements
9.2
Manage fuel system
9.3
Refuel aeroplane
10.1
Perform manoeuvres with Review to instruments
11.1
Brief passengers
11.2
Aid and assist passengers
NOTE: Bold print elements to be Standard 2 prior to GFPT
_________________________________________________________________________
___COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

Section 6

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

SYLLABUS
POST GFPT TO PPL PHASE
During the next phase of training, navigation training is provided, and
the trainee's command experience is increased as follows:
a.
b.

PIC is increased by 5 hrs Cross country,


Dual navigational training of 15 hrs cross country.

TA 20

NAV 1

Introduction to Basic Nav Techniques

2.5 D

TA 21

NAV 2

Consolidation of Basic Nav

2.5 D

TA 22

NAV 3

Introduction to Diversion Procedures

2.5 D

TA 23

NAV 4

Consolidation of Diversion Technique


Introduction of Low Nav Technique
Introduction to Lost Procedure

2.5 D
2.5 S

TA 24

NAV 5

Solo consolidation of nav technique

TA 25

NAV 6

Introduction to Radio Navaid Tracking


Consolidation of navigation techniques

TA 26

TA 27

NAV 7

NAV 8

Solo consolidation of Basic and Low


Level navigation techniques
Consolidation of Radio Navaid tracking
Introduction to en-route practice
emergencies, and diversion procedures.

2.5D

2.5 S
2.5 D

PPL FLIGHT TEST


TA 28
NAV 9
2.5 D
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 20: Introduction to Basic Navigation Techniques:


GT 20:

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.


(there are two lessons):

Chap 6, Sec 1.

Navigation
Navigation Fundamentals.
*
Definitions
*
Magnetism
*
Deviation and Variation
Chap 6, Sec 8. Navigation
Navigation Technique - Basic
*
Rules of thumb
*
Estimating groundspeed, map reading
*
Estimating ETI, proportional nav
Chap 6, Sec 4a. Navigation
Navigation Computer Pt 1
*
Conversion of units
*
Time, distance and speed calculations
Chap 5, Sec 2. Meteorology
Heat and Temperature
*
Heat in the atmosphere
*
Heat transfer
Duration 1.0 (approx)
Complete Lesson GT 20 B on the next page.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 20: Introduction to Basic Navigation Techniques:


GT 20 B:

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 6, Sec 4b. Nav computer Pt 2


Chap 6, Sec 4c. Nav computer Pt 3
Chap 6, Sec 5.
*
*
*
Chap 6, Sec 7.
*
*
*

Altimetry
Definitions of vertical dimensions
Definitions of pressure settings
Correct use of pressure settings
Fuel Calculation
Minimum fuel requirements
Specific air range
Specific ground range

Chap 5, Sec 3.
*
*
*

Pressure
Atmospheric pressure
Barometer readings
Area QNH

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 20: Introduction to Basic Navigation.


PFB 20:
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

The PFB is to include:


Description of the basic navigation techniques including;
proportional navigation
time and heading awareness for distance
the need to adopt a Navigation Cycle of activities
cockpit management
the 1 in 60 Rule
map reading techniques

Duration 1.0
FT20:
*
*
*
*
*

The instructor is to demonstrate on one or two legs:


How to orientate the map
How to judge distances
How to make pinpoints
How to make heading adjustments
How to use proportional nav for timing adjustment

Duration 2.5 D
AF20:

The instructor is to debrief the sortie accordingly.

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA 20 TO TA 28
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY: DUAL
SOLO
IF
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
_____________________________________________________________________
1.3
Perform and certify Daily Inspection
5.7
Comply with airspace requirements
7.3
Turn aeroplane steeply
7.4
Sideslip aeroplane
7.5
Execute short take off and landing
8.5
Manage other abnormal situations
9.3
Refuel aeroplane
10.1 Perform instrument flying manoeuvres
12.1 Prepare chart and flight plan
12.2 Plan navigational fuel requirements
12.3 Comply with airspace procedures
12.4 Conduct departure procedures
12.5 Navigate aeroplane en-route
12.6 Navigate at low level and in reduced visibility
12.7 Perform lost procedure
12.8 Perform diversion procedure
12.9 Use radio navigation aids
12.10 Execute arrival procedures
NOTE:
During the PPL nav training phase, all of the elements listed
on this sheet must be to Standard 2 prior to the PPL Test.
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 21: Consolidation of Basic Navigation.


GT 21:

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.


(There are two lessons).

Chap 5, Sec 9.

Meteorology
Clouds and Precipitation
*
Cloud types
*
Cloud dispersal
*
Precipitation types
*
Cloud description
Chap 5, Sec 18. Meteorology
Met Reports , Forecasts and advices
*
Aviation forecasts
*
Meteorological broadcasts
*
Practical decoding of reports
Chap 5, Sec 4. Meteorology
Humidity
*
Latent heat
*
Humidity terms
*
Density
Chap 6, Sec 9a. Navigation
Flight Planning Pt 1.
*
PIC responsibilities for briefing
*
Sources of weather information
*
Weather forecasts
Duration 1.0 (approx)
GT21B

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 5, Sec 5.
*
*
*
Chap 6, Sec 6.
*
*
*

Meteorology
Atmospheric Stability
Stability of air
Lapse rates
Flying conditions
Navigation
Time
Terms
Types of time
Daylight and Darkness

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 21:

Consolidation of Basic Navigation.

PFB 21:
*
*
*
*

The PFB is to include:


How to maintain VMC
How to manage workload
How to make position reports
How to do a fuel plan

Duration 1.0
FT 21:
*
*
*
*
*

The flying lesson is to consolidate basic navigation


procedures and introduce the PFB competencies.
The instructor is to coach the trainee :
how to hold the map
how to judge distances
how to map read
how to make 1 in 60 corrections

Duration 2.5 D
AF 21:

Debrief as required

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA 20 TO TA 28
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY: DUAL
SOLO
IF
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
_____________________________________________________________________
1.3
Perform and certify Daily Inspection
5.7
Comply with airspace requirements
7.3
Turn aeroplane steeply
7.4
Sideslip aeroplane
7.5
Execute short take off and landing
8.5
Manage other abnormal situations
9.3
Refuel aeroplane
10.1 Perform instrument flying manoeuvres
12.1 Prepare chart and flight plan
12.2 Plan navigational fuel requirements
12.3 Comply with airspace procedures
12.4 Conduct departure procedures
12.5 Navigate aeroplane en-route
12.6 Navigate at low level and in reduced visibility
12.7 Perform lost procedure
12.8 Perform diversion procedure
12.9 Use radio navigation aids
12.10 Execute arrival procedures
NOTE:
During the PPL nav training phase, all of the elements listed
on this sheet must be to Standard 2 prior to the PPL Test.
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 22: Introduction to Diversion Procedures:


GT 22:

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.


(There are two Lessons)

Chap 5, Sec 16.


*
*
*

Meteorology
Tornadoes
Dust and sand storms
Dust devils

Chap 5, Sec 13. Meteorology


*
Thunderstorms
*
Microbursts
Chap 5, Sec 14. Meteorology
Airmasses
*
Global Circulation
*
Air Masses
*
Air streams
Chap 5, Sec 15. Meteorology
Fronts
*
Types of fronts
*
Indications of approaching fronts
*
Frontal weather
Duration 1.0 (approx)
GT 22 B:

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 6, Sec 11. Radio Aids


*
VOR
*
NDB
Chap 5, Sec 10.
*
*
*
*

Airframe Icing
Definitions
Hazards
Types of icing
Factors affecting the severity of icing

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 22: Introduction to Diversion Procedures


PFB 22:
*
*
*
*
*

The PFB is to include:


Why is the decision to Divert necessary
Discuss the Diversion Procedure
Discuss the effects on Sartime, if any
Discuss how to estimate new tracks and distances airborne
Discuss how to revise fuel endurance airborne

Duration 1.0
FT 22:
*
*
*
*

The flying lesson is to include:


Trainee consolidation of Basic nav techniques
Demonstrate the Diversion Procedure
Demonstrate how to estimate tracks and distances airborne
Demonstrate the revised flight notification procedure

Duration 2.5 D
AF 22:

Debrief accordingly.

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA 20 TO TA 28
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY: DUAL
SOLO
IF
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
_____________________________________________________________________
1.3
Perform and certify Daily Inspection
5.7
Comply with airspace requirements
7.3
Turn aeroplane steeply
7.4
Sideslip aeroplane
7.5
Execute short take off and landing
8.5
Manage other abnormal situations
9.3
Refuel aeroplane
10.1 Perform instrument flying manoeuvres
12.1 Prepare chart and flight plan
12.2 Plan navigational fuel requirements
12.3 Comply with airspace procedures
12.4 Conduct departure procedures
12.5 Navigate aeroplane en-route
12.6 Navigate at low level and in reduced visibility
12.7 Perform lost procedure
12.8 Perform diversion procedure
12.9 Use radio navigation aids
12.10 Execute arrival procedures
NOTE:
During the PPL nav training phase, all of the elements listed
on this sheet must be to Standard 2 prior to the PPL Test.
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 23: Consolidation of Diversion Technique


Introduction to Low Navigation and Lost Procedure
GT 23:

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 7, Sec 2.
*
*
*

Performance & Operations


Pressure and Density altitude
Definitions
Methods to calculate
Declared density charts

Chap 7, Sec 5a Performance & Operations


Basic weight and BalancePart 1
*
Definitions and Terms
*
Definitions of weight terminology
Chap 7, Sec 5b Performance & Operations
Basic weight and Balance Part 2
*
Loading graphs
*
load Sheets
Chap 14,Sec 13. Human Factors
Basic Principles of crew co-ordination
*
Verbal communications
*
Decision making process
*
Leadership qualities
Duration 1.0 (approx)
GT 23 B

Revise the following sections online in Review Mode as


pre exam study.

Chap 7, Sec 7.
Chap 14, Sec 14.
Chap 14, Sec 1.
Chap 14, Sec 2.
Chap 14, Sec 12.
Duration 1.0 (approx)

Performance & Operations


Aeroplane Landing Areas
Human Factors
Principles of First Aid
Human Factors
Basic Health
Human Factors
Health and Fitness
Human Factors
Human Factors Considerations

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 23: Consolidation of Diversion Technique


Introduction to Low Navigation and Lost Procedure
PFB 23:
*
*
*
*

The PFB is to include:


Why and How Low Navigation is performed
Describe the Lost Procedure
Discuss the difficulties associated with low level nav
Discuss multi leg diversion procedure

Duration 1.0
FT 23:
*
*
*
*

The flying lesson is to include:


Demonstration of the Lost Procedure
Demonstration of Low Level technique
Assess suitability for Solo nav
Consolidation of basic techniques

Duration 2.5 D
AF 23:

Conduct de-briefing.

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA 20 TO TA 28
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY: DUAL
SOLO
IF
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
_____________________________________________________________________
1.3
Perform and certify Daily Inspection
5.7
Comply with airspace requirements
7.3
Turn aeroplane steeply
7.4
Sideslip aeroplane
7.5
Execute short take off and landing
8.5
Manage other abnormal situations
9.3
Refuel aeroplane
10.1 Perform instrument flying manoeuvres
12.1 Prepare chart and flight plan
12.2 Plan navigational fuel requirements
12.3 Comply with airspace procedures
12.4 Conduct departure procedures
12.5 Navigate aeroplane en-route
12.6 Navigate at low level and in reduced visibility
12.7 Perform lost procedure
12.8 Perform diversion procedure
12.9 Use radio navigation aids
12.10 Execute arrival procedures
NOTE:
During the PPL nav training phase, all of the elements listed
on this sheet must be to Standard 2 prior to the PPL Test.
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 24: Solo Navigation.


GT24:

Revise the following sections online in Review Mode as


pre exam study.

Chap 9, Sec 2.
Chap 9, Sec 3.
Chap 4, Sec 5.
Chap 5, Sec 16.
Chap 6, Sec 9a.

Radio Telephony
R/T Phraseology
Radio Telephony
Emergency Radio calls
Basic Flight Rules
Emergency and Search and Rescue
Meteorology
Tornadoes and Dust storms
Navigation
Flight Planning, Pt1

Duration 1.0 (approx)


GT 24 B:

Study the following sections Online using the TCO mode.

Chap 10, Sec 1.


*
*
*
Chap 10, Sec 2.
*
*
*

Documentation to be carried in flight


Aviation Law, The Act.
Civil Aviation Regulations
Privileges of Private Pilot licences
Limitations
Classification of Private Operations

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

GT 24 C:

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 5, Sec 17.


*
*
*
*

Meteorology
Tropical Meteorology
The Equatorial Trough
The Monsoon
Trade winds

Chap 5, Sec 19.


*
*
*

Meteorology
Surface Chart analysis
Identifying Pressure systems
Metar analysis

Chap 14,Sec 10. Meteorology


The atmosphere and associated problems.
*
Chemical composition of the atmosphere
*
Distribution of oxygen in the body
*
Partial Pressure of oxygen
Duration 1.0 (approx)
GT 24 D:

Revise the following sections online in Review Mode as


pre exam study.

Chap 6, Sec 9a.


*
*
*

Navigation
Flight Planning Pt 1
Flight Notification
VFR cruise levels

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 24:

Solo Navigation

PFB 24:

The PFB is to clearly state the authorised solo navigation


route, and advise the trainee to return to departure should
en-route weather be unsuitable.

Duration 1.0
FT 24:
*

The trainee is to fly the route as briefed.


The trainee is to use the activity in order to attain the
necessary level of competency

Duration 2.5 S
AF 24:

Debriefing as required.

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 25: Introduction to Radio Navaid Tracking.


GT 25:

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.


(There are two Lessons).

Chap 8, Sec 2.
*
*
*
*
*

Radio Navigation Aids


The ADF
Airborne equipment
Ground equipment
Operation
Cockpit displays

Duration 1.0 (approx)


GT 25 B:

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 8, Sec 3. Radio Navigation Aids


*
VOR
*
Transmission details
*
Accuracy of VOR
*
Presentation
Chap 14, Sec 9. Human Factors
*
Toxic Hazards in the atmosphere
*
Carbon Monoxide
Chap 14, Sec 11.Human Factors
*
Hypoxia and its symptoms
*
Causes
*
The respiratory system
*
The Cardio-Vascular system
Chap 14, Sec 5. Human Factors
*
Anatomy of the Ear
*
Basic functions
*
Effects of noise
*
Hearing protection
Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

GT 25 C:

Study the following sections online for exam study using


Review Mode:

Chap 10, Sec 1 Advanced Air Law


*
Documentation
Chap 10, Sec 2 Advanced Air Law
*
Pilot Licence privileges for PPL
Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 25:

Introduction to Radio Navaid Tracking

PFB 25:
*
*
*
*

The PFB is to include the following:


Describe the tracking technique using the ADF
Describe the tracking technique using the VOR
List the limitations of each aid
Define the correct terminology for radio navaids

Duration 1.0
FT 25:

The flying lesson is to include:


*
Demonstration on use of ADF and VOR
*
Consolidation of Basic Nav techniques

Duration 2.5 D
AF 25:

Debrief appropriately.

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA 20 TO TA 28
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY: DUAL
SOLO
IF
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
_____________________________________________________________________
1.3
Perform and certify Daily Inspection
5.7
Comply with airspace requirements
7.3
Turn aeroplane steeply
7.4
Sideslip aeroplane
7.5
Execute short take off and landing
8.5
Manage other abnormal situations
9.3
Refuel aeroplane
10.1 Perform instrument flying manoeuvres
12.1 Prepare chart and flight plan
12.2 Plan navigational fuel requirements
12.3 Comply with airspace procedures
12.4 Conduct departure procedures
12.5 Navigate aeroplane en-route
12.6 Navigate at low level and in reduced visibility
12.7 Perform lost procedure
12.8 Perform diversion procedure
12.9 Use radio navigation aids
12.10 Execute arrival procedures
NOTE:
During the PPL nav training phase, all of the elements listed
on this sheet must be to Standard 2 prior to the PPL Test.
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 26: Solo Consolidation, Radio Navaid Tracking.


Considerable study prior to the PPL Exam will be programmed during
this Training Activity.
GT 26:

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 10, Sec 5.


*
*
*
*
Chap 10, Sec 6.

Advanced Air Law


Rules and Regulations
Dropping articles in flight
Low flying
Firearms
Advanced Air Law
Rules & Regs/Air Services Ops
*
Flights over water
*
Carriage of cargo
*
Carriage of animals
*
Dangerous goods
Chap 10, Sec 7. Advanced Air Law
*
Aerodromes
*
Types of aerodromes
Chap 10, Sec 8. Advanced Air Law
*
Types of Airspace
*
Classes of airspace
*
Rules applicable
Duration 1.0 (approx)
GT 26 B: Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.
Chap 10, Sec 9. Advanced Air Law
*
Air Traffic services
*
Clearances
*
Procedures in different airspace
*
Tracking tolerances
Chap 10, Sec 9a Advanced Air Law
Flight Planning
P.I.C. Responsibilities for VFR Flights
Chap 10, Sec 10 Advanced Air Law

Communications failure

Emergency Radio Calls


Chap 10,Sec 11. Advanced Air Law
*
Accident and Incident reporting
*
Bird strike
Duration 1.0 (approx)
COMPLETE THE PPL EXAMINATION

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 26:
PFB 26:

Solo Consolidation, and Radio Navaid Tracking.


The trainee is to be briefed on the specific activities to be
practised in the Solo.

Duration 1.0
FT 26:

Conduct the solo nav activity as briefed.

Duration 2.5 S
AF 26:

Debrief the sortie.

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 27: In-flight Practice Emergencies.


GT:

Sit the PPL Exam if not finalised.

PFB27:
*
*
*

The PFB is to include :


Discuss the Engine Failure in flight Procedures
Revise the forced landing pattern
Revise the Pan/ Mayday Calls

Duration 1.0
FT 27:
*
*
***

The flying lesson is to include:


Conduct an impromptu engine failure in flight
Conduct a diversion
Assess whether the trainee meets the competency
standards for the PPL

Duration 2.5 D
AF 27:

Debrief the flight activity.


Complete the PPL Achievement Record

Duration 1.0

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA 20 TO TA 28
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY: DUAL
SOLO
IF
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
_____________________________________________________________________
1.3
Perform and certify Daily Inspection
5.7
Comply with airspace requirements
7.3
Turn aeroplane steeply
7.4
Sideslip aeroplane
7.5
Execute short take off and landing
8.5
Manage other abnormal situations
9.3
Refuel aeroplane
10.1 Perform instrument flying manoeuvres
12.1 Prepare chart and flight plan
12.2 Plan navigational fuel requirements
12.3 Comply with airspace procedures
12.4 Conduct departure procedures
12.5 Navigate aeroplane en-route
12.6 Navigate at low level and in reduced visibility
12.7 Perform lost procedure
12.8 Perform diversion procedure
12.9 Use radio navigation aids
12.10 Execute arrival procedures
NOTE:
During the PPL nav training phase, all of the elements listed
on this sheet must be to Standard 2 prior to the PPL Test.
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 28: PPL FLIGHT TEST

Duration 2.5 D

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA 20 TO TA 28
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY: DUAL
SOLO
IF
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
_____________________________________________________________________
1.3
Perform and certify Daily Inspection
5.7
Comply with airspace requirements
7.3
Turn aeroplane steeply
7.4
Sideslip aeroplane
7.5
Execute short take off and landing
8.5
Manage other abnormal situations
9.3
Refuel aeroplane
10.1 Perform instrument flying manoeuvres
12.1 Prepare chart and flight plan
12.2 Plan navigational fuel requirements
12.3 Comply with airspace procedures
12.4 Conduct departure procedures
12.5 Navigate aeroplane en-route
12.6 Navigate at low level and in reduced visibility
12.7 Perform lost procedure
12.8 Perform diversion procedure
12.9 Use radio navigation aids
12.10 Execute arrival procedures
NOTE:
During the PPL nav training phase, all of the elements listed
on this sheet must be to Standard 2 prior to the PPL Test.
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

Section 7

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

SYLLABUS
POST PPL TO CPL WITH IR-C-ME (A)
During this phase the trainee will undertake an integrated
programme, which will result in the following qualifications being
obtained;
Commercial Pilot licence
Instrument Rating Command Multi Engine Aeroplane.
The additional flying training needed in this phase to gain these
qualifications will be:

Pilot In Command

45 hrs cross country


5 hrs ni circuits
10 hrs general flying revision
Instrument Flying (Dual)
5 hrs Basic IF in synthetic Trainer
15 hrs Cross country IF in a synthetic trainer
10 hrs cross country IF nav in aircraft (of which 5hrs to be
flown in the Twin aircraft)
8 hrs to be flown in aircraft during IAL procedures

Night

5 hrs (dual) at night

Dual Training

18 hrs of navigation training to CPL standard


7 hrs for initial twin type endorsement

________________________________________________________

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TRAINING ACTIVITY SUMMARY


TA 29
TA 30
TA 31
TA 32
TA 33
TA 34
TA 35
TA 36
TA 37
TA 38
TA 39
TA 40
TA 41
TA 42
TA 43
TA 44
TA 45
TA 46
TA 47
TA 48
TA 49
TA 50
TA 51
TA 52
TA 53
TA 54
TA 55
TA 56
TA 57
TA 58
TA 59
TA 60
TA 61
TA 62
TA 63
TA 64
TA 65
TA 66
TA 67
TA 68
TA 69

NAV 10
NAV 11
NAV 12
NAV 13
NAV 14
NAV 15
SYN 1
NI 1
NI 2
NI 3
NI 4
NI 5
NI 6
NAV 16
SYN 2
SYN 3
NAV 17
NI 7
NI 8
NI 9
NI 10
NAV 18
NAV 19
GF 1
NAV 20
NAV 21
GF 2
SYN 4
NAV 22
GF 3
SYN 5
GF 4
NAV 23
NAV 24
NAV 25
GF 5
GF 6
GF 7
SYN 6
NAV 27
SYN 7

Dual
Dual
Dual
Solo
Solo
Solo
Dual
Dual
Dual
Dual
Solo
Solo
Solo
Solo
Dual
Dual
Dual
Dual
Solo
Dual
Solo
Dual
Solo
Solo
Dual
Solo
Solo
Dual
Solo
Solo
Dual
Solo
Solo
Solo
Solo
Solo
Solo
Solo
Dual
Dual
Dual

VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
NVFR
NVFR
NVFR
NVFR
NVFR
NVFR
VFR
NVFR
NVFR
NVFR
NVFR
NVFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
IFR

3.0 D
3.0 D
3.0 D
3.0 S
3.0 S
5.0 S
1.0 D (SIM)
1.0 D Ni
1.0 D Ni
1.0 D Ni
1.0 S Ni
1.0 S Ni
1.0 S Ni
5.0 S
1.0 D (SIM)
1.0 D (SIM)
3.0 D Ni
1.0 D Ni
1.0 S Ni
1.0 D Ni
1.0 S Ni
3.0 D
3.0 S
1.0 S
3.0 D
3.0 S
1.0 S
1.0 D (SIM)
5.0 S
1.0 S
1.0 D (SIM)
1.0 S
3.0 S
5.0 S
3.0 S
1.0 S
1.0 S
1.0 S
2.5 D (SIM) NAV26
3.0 D
2.5 D (SIM) NAV28

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 70
TA 71
TA 72
TA 73
TA 74
TA 75
TA 76
TA 77
TA 78
TA 79
TA 80
TA 81
TA 82
TA 83
TA 84
TA 85
TA 86
TA 87
TA 88
TA 89
TA 90

GF 8
GF 9
GF 10
NAV 29
SYN 8
NAV 31
NAV 32
NAV 33
NAV 34
ME 1
ME 2
ME 3
ME 4
ME 5
ME 6
SYN9ME
NAV 37
SYN10ME
NAV 39
SYN11ME
NAV 41

Solo
Solo
Solo
Dual
Dual
Dual
Dual
Solo
Solo
Dual
Dual
Dual
Dual
Dual
Dual
Dual
Dual
Dual
Dual
Dual
Dual

VFR
VFR
VFR
IFR
IFR
IFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
VFR
NVFR
VFR
IFR
IFR
IFR

1.0 S
1.0 S
1.0 S
3.0 D
2.5 D (SIM) NAV30
3.0 D
3.0 D Ni
3.0 S
4.0 S
1.0 D ME
1.0 D ME
1.0 D ME
1.0 D ME
1.0 D Ni ME
2.0 D ME NAV35
2.5 D (SIM) NAV36
3.0 D ME
2.5 D (SIM) NAV38
3.0 D ME
2.5 D (SIM) NAV40
3.0 D Ni ME

TA 91
CPL Flight Test
2.5 D ME
TA 92
IR-C-ME (A) Flight Test
2.5 D ME
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

SYLLABUS
CPL AND INSTRUMENT RATING TRAINING
TA 29: Nav 10; Consolidation and Lost Procedure.
GT 29 A:

Revise the following sections online as exam study in


Review Mode.

Chap 5, Sec 18. Meteorology


* Met Reports, Forecasts and Advices
Chap 5, Sec 9. Meteorology
* Clouds and Precipitation.
Duration 1.0 (approx)
GT 29 B:

Revise the following sections online as exam study using


Review Mode

Chap 6, Sec 1. Navigation


* Fundamentals of Navigation
Chap 6, Sec 10. Navigation
* Basic Navigation
Chap 4, Sec 4. Basic Air Law
* Aerodromes
Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 29: Nav 10; Consolidation and Lost Procedure.


GT 29 C:

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 8, Sec 4. Radio Navigation Aids


The ILS
* Equipment and components
* Limitations
Chap 8, Sec 5. Radio Navigation Aids
* Radar Theory
* Types of radar
* Radar ranging
Chap 8, Sec 6.
*
*
*

Radio Navigation Aids


DME
Principles of operation
Accuracy and limitations

Duration 1.0 (approx)


GT 29 D

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 2, Sec 10.


*
*
*
*

Engines & Systems


Hydraulic Systems
Principles of hydraulics
Components
Malfunctions

Chap 2, Sec 11.


*
*
*

Engines & Systems


Undercarriage Systems
Components
Emergency gear lowering

Chap 2, Sec 12.


*
*
*
*

Engines & Systems


Fire Protection systems.
Types of fires
Components
Hand fire extinguishers.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

GT 29 D

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 3, Sec 11.


*
*
*

RMI System.
Advantage of remote compass
Flux valve
operation of the Signal Selsyn

Chap 3, Sec 12. EFIS

Components

Duration 1.0 (approx)

TA 29: Consolidation and Lost Procedure


PFB 29:
*
*
*

The PFB is to Include:


Basic navigation techniques to be used
Discuss the lost procedure
Discuss the higher standard to be strived for as a CPL
trainee
Duration 1.0

FT 29:
*
*

The FT is to Include:
Consolidation of basic navigation procedures over route as
briefed
Revision of lost procedure

Duration 3.0
AF 29:

As required

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT- COMMERCIAL ( S/E)


TA 29, 30, 31, 50, 53.
DATE:
AIRCRAFT:
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
______________________________________________________________________Ele
ment
Description
Standard
14.1
Complete pre and post flight actions
14.2
Perform pre flight inspection
14.3
Perform and certify Daily Inspection
15.1
Use R/T equipment
15.2
Maintain R/T equipment
16.1
Start and stop engine
16.2
Taxi aeroplane
17.1
Carry out pre take off procedures
17.2
Take off aeroplane
17.3
Carry out after take off procedures
18.1
Climb aeroplane
18.2
Maintain straight and level
18.3
Descend aeroplane
18.4
Turn aeroplane
18.5
Control aeroplane at slow speeds
18.6
Perform circuits and approaches
18.7
Comply with airspace requirements
19.1
Land aeroplane
19.2
Perform mislanding procedure
21.1
Manage engine failure after take off
21.2
Manage engine failure elsewhere in the circuit
21.3
Perform forced landing
21.4
Conduct precautionary search and landing
21.5
Manage other abnormal situations
22.1
Plan fuel requirements
22.2
Manage fuel system
22.3
Refuel aeroplane
23.1
Control aeroplane solely by Review to instruments
24.1
Brief passengers
24.2
Aid and assist passengers
25.1
Prepare chart and flight plan
25.2
Plan navigational fuel requirements
25.3
Comply with airspace procedures
25.4
Conduct departure procedures
25.5
Navigate aeroplane en-route
25.6
Navigate at low level and in reduced visibility
25.7
Perform lost procedure
25.8
Perform diversion procedure
25.9
Use radio navigation aids
25.10
Execute arrival procedures
NOTE: Standard 1 should be close to being achieved by TA 53,
when commencing the multi engine and Instrument Rating training.
_________________________________________________________________

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT- COMMERCIAL ( S/E)


PAGE 2
_________________________________________________________________________
____COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 30: Nav 11. Consolidation, Diversion Procedures and Low


Level Navigation.
GT 30 A:

Revise the following sections online for exam study using


Review Mode.

Chap 6, Sec 11,


*
*
*

Navigation
Flight Planning procedures.
Forecasts
VFR cruise levels

Chap 6, Sec 14.


*
*
*

Navigation
Radio aids
NDB
VOR

Chap 10, Sec 5.


*
*
*

Advanced Flight Rules & Air Law


Rules and Regulations
ADIZ
Powers of PIC

Duration 1.0 (approx)


GT 30 B: Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.
Chap 10, Sec 4. Advanced Flight Rules & Air Law
*
Flight Rules and Air Law
*
Flight and Duty Times
Chap 6, Sec 9b. Navigation
*
Flight Planning Pt 2
Chap 6, Sec 10. Navigation
*
Advanced nav techniques
*
Rules of thumb
Chap 10, Sec 3 Advanced Flight Rules & Air Law
*
Pilot Licence Privileges for Commercial
Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

GT 30 C:

Revise the following sections online for the exams, using


Review Mode

Chap 10, Sec 6.


*
*
*

Advanced Flight Rules & Air Law


Air Service operations
Carriage of cargo
Dangerous goods

Chap 10, Sec 7. Advanced Flight Rules & Air Law


*
Types of aerodromes
*
Pilot responsibilities when using an ALA
Chap 10, Sec 8. Advanced Flight Rules & Air Law
*
Types of airspace
*
Classes of Airspace
Duration1.0 (approx)
GT 30 D:

Revise the following sections online for the exams, using


Review Mode

:
Chap 6, Sec 12.
*
*
*
*

Navigation
Flight Planning Pt 2
CP and PNR
Alternate requirements
Flight notification

Chap 6, Sec 13: Navigation


*
Navigation- advanced rules of thumb
Chap 10, Sec 3: Advanced Flight Rules & Air Law
*
*
*

Privileges of CPL
Limitations
Classification of commercial operations

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 30:

Nav 11.Consolidation, Low Navigation and Diversion

PFB 30:

The PFB is to include:


*
Description of route
*
Discussion of low level navigation technique
*
Discussion of diversion procedure
Duration 1.0

FT 30:
*
*
*

The FT is to include:
Consolidation activities as required.
Conduct of a low level sector
Conduct of a diversion
Duration 3.0

AF 30:

Debriefing as required
Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT- COMMERCIAL ( S/E)


TA 29, 30, 31, 50, 53.
DATE:
AIRCRAFT:
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
______________________________________________________________________Ele
ment
Description
Standard
14.1
Complete pre and post flight actions
14.2
Perform pre flight inspection
14.3
Perform and certify Daily Inspection
15.1
Use R/T equipment
15.2
Maintain R/T equipment
16.1
Start and stop engine
16.2
Taxi aeroplane
17.1
Carry out pre take off procedures
17.2
Take off aeroplane
17.3
Carry out after take off procedures
18.1
Climb aeroplane
18.2
Maintain straight and level
18.3
Descend aeroplane
18.4
Turn aeroplane
18.5
Control aeroplane at slow speeds
18.6
Perform circuits and approaches
18.7
Comply with airspace requirements
19.1
Land aeroplane
19.2
Perform mislanding procedure
21.1
Manage engine failure after take off
21.2
Manage engine failure elsewhere in the circuit
21.3
Perform forced landing
21.4
Conduct precautionary search and landing
21.5
Manage other abnormal situations
22.1
Plan fuel requirements
22.2
Manage fuel system
22.3
Refuel aeroplane
23.1
Control aeroplane solely by Review to instruments
24.1
Brief passengers
24.2
Aid and assist passengers
25.1
Prepare chart and flight plan
25.2
Plan navigational fuel requirements
25.3
Comply with airspace procedures
25.4
Conduct departure procedures
25.5
Navigate aeroplane en-route
25.6
Navigate at low level and in reduced visibility
25.7
Perform lost procedure
25.8
Perform diversion procedure
25.9
Use radio navigation aids
25.10
Execute arrival procedures
NOTE: Standard 1 should be close to being achieved by TA 53,
when commencing the multi engine and Instrument Rating training.
_________________________________________________________________

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT- COMMERCIAL ( S/E)


PAGE 2
_________________________________________________________________________
____COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 31: Nav 12: Consolidation, Low Navigation, In-Flight


Engine Failure Practice
GT 31 A:

Study the following sections online using the TCO Mode


as part of exam study

Chap 8, Sec 1.
*
*
*
GT 31 A:

Radio Navigation Aids


Fundamentals of radio theory
Alternating current
Radio waves

Revise the following sections online for the exams, using


Review Mode

Chap 8, Sec 2.
*
*

Radio Navigation Aids


The ADF
Operating Principles

Chap 8, Sec 3.
*
*

Radio Navigation Aids


The VOR
Principles of operation

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 31: Nav 12: Consolidation, Low Navigation, In-Flight


Engine Failure Practice
GT 31 B:

Revise the following sections online as exam study in


Review Mode.

Chap 10, Sec 3. Advanced Flight Rules & Air Law


*
Privileges and limitations of the CPL
Chap 10, Sec 4.
*
*
*

Advanced Flight Rules & Air Law


Flight and Duty limits
Types of operations
Definitions and Terminology

Chap 10, Sec 9. Advanced Flight Rules & Air Law


*
Air Traffic Services
*
Radar and Transponder procedures
Chap 10, Sec 10 Advanced Flight Rules & Air Law
*
Emergencies
*
Communication Failure procedures
*
Distress Call
Chap 10, Sec 11 Advanced Flight Rules & Air Law
*
Accident and Incident Reporting
Duration 1.0 (approx)

NOTE: Study for Chapter 10, Advanced Flight


Rules and Air Law is now complete.
You can now sit for your Commercial exam for
Flight Rules and Air Law.
We suggest that you review all Chapter 4 &
Chapter 10 theory knowledge online from the
Review section.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 31: Nav 12: Consolidation, Low Level Navigation,


Diversion and In-Flight Engine Failure
PFB 31:
*
*
*
*

The PFB is to include:


The route description
Discuss the low level diversion procedure
Discuss the Practiced Forced Landing procedure
whilst on a nav sector
Discuss other abnormal situations and how they are to be
handled
Duration 1.0

FT 31:
*
*
*

The FT is to include:
Assessment for solo navigation exercises
Conduct a low level diversion leg
Conduct a practiced forced landing over open country
Duration 3.0

AF 31:

Debrief the FT as required

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT- COMMERCIAL ( S/E)


TA 29, 30, 31, 50, 53.
DATE:
AIRCRAFT:
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
______________________________________________________________________Ele
ment
Description
Standard
14.1
Complete pre and post flight actions
14.2
Perform pre flight inspection
14.3
Perform and certify Daily Inspection
15.1
Use R/T equipment
15.2
Maintain R/T equipment
16.1
Start and stop engine
16.2
Taxi aeroplane
17.1
Carry out pre take off procedures
17.2
Take off aeroplane
17.3
Carry out after take off procedures
18.1
Climb aeroplane
18.2
Maintain straight and level
18.3
Descend aeroplane
18.4
Turn aeroplane
18.5
Control aeroplane at slow speeds
18.6
Perform circuits and approaches
18.7
Comply with airspace requirements
19.1
Land aeroplane
19.2
Perform mislanding procedure
21.1
Manage engine failure after take off
21.2
Manage engine failure elsewhere in the circuit
21.3
Perform forced landing
21.4
Conduct precautionary search and landing
21.5
Manage other abnormal situations
22.1
Plan fuel requirements
22.2
Manage fuel system
22.3
Refuel aeroplane
23.1
Control aeroplane solely by Review to instruments
24.1
Brief passengers
24.2
Aid and assist passengers
25.1
Prepare chart and flight plan
25.2
Plan navigational fuel requirements
25.3
Comply with airspace procedures
25.4
Conduct departure procedures
25.5
Navigate aeroplane en-route
25.6
Navigate at low level and in reduced visibility
25.7
Perform lost procedure
25.8
Perform diversion procedure
25.9
Use radio navigation aids
25.10
Execute arrival procedures
NOTE: Standard 1 should be close to being achieved by TA 53,
when commencing the multi engine and Instrument Rating training.
_________________________________________________________________

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT- COMMERCIAL ( S/E)


PAGE 2
_________________________________________________________________________
____COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 32: Nav 13: Solo Navigation Consolidation


GT 32 A:

Revise the following sections online as part of exam


study using Review Mode.

Chap 2, Sec 1.
*

Engines & Systems


Four Stroke Internal Combustion Engine

Chap 2, Sec 2.
*

Engines & Systems


Carburation

Chap 2, Sec 3.
*

Engines & Systems


Engine Icing

Chap 2, Sec 4.
*

Engines & Systems


Supercharging

Chap 2, Sec 5.
*

Engines & Systems


Propellers

Duration 1.0 (approx)


GT 32B

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 7,Sec 8a/8b Performance & Operations


*
Advanced Takeoff & Landing Performance Parts 1/2
*
P Charts
*
Factors affecting take off and landing
*
Ambient conditions
Chap 7, Sec 12. Performance & Operations
*
Fuel and payload calculations
*
Minimum fuel required for flight
*
Fuel plan
Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 32: Nav 13: Solo Navigation Consolidation


PFB 32:
*

The PFB is to include:


The authorised solo route
Duration 1.0

FT 32:

On the route briefed conduct navigation consolidation


as required
Duration 3.0

AF 32:

Debrief the FT as required


Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 33: Nav 14 Solo Consolidation, Low Level and


Practice Diversion.
GT 33 A:

Revise the following sections online as part of exam study


using the Review Mode.

Chap 5, Sec 18. Meteorology


*
Met Reporting, Forecasts and Advices.
Chap 5, Sec 19. Meteorology
*
Meteorological Analysis
Chap 5, Sec 15. Meteorology
*
Fronts
Chap 5, Sec 17. Meteorology
*
Tropical Meteorology
Duration 1.0 (approx)
GT 33 B:

Revise the following sections online as part of exam study


using the Review Mode.

Chap 2, Sec 6. Engines & Systems


*
Fuel Systems
Chap 2, Sec 7.
*

Engines & Systems


Oil Systems

Chap 2, Sec 8.
*

Engines & Systems


Ignition Systems

Chap 2, Sec 9.
*

Engines & Systems


Electrical Systems

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

GT 33 C:

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode


as part of exam study.

Chap 2, Sec 13
*
*
*
GT 33 C:

Engines & Systems


Principles of operation of Autopilot
Components
Precautions to be observed

Revise the following sections online as part of exam study


using Review Mode.

Chap 2, Sec 10. Engines & Systems


*
Hydraulic systems
Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 33: Nav 14 Solo Consolidation, Low Level and


Practice Diversion.
PFB 33:
*
*
*

The PFB is to include:


The route authorised
The practice diversion in flight sector
The low level sector
Duration 1.0

FT 33:
*
*
*

The FT is to include:
Conduct a low level sector
Conduct an in-flight diversion
Fly the route authorised
Duration 3.0

AF 33:

Debrief the FT as required.


Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 34: Nav 15 Solo Consolidation, Low Level Navigation


Away Airport Re-Fuelling.
GT 34 A:

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 8, Sec 7
*
*
*

Radio Navigation Aids


SSR principles of operation
operating procedures
ATC flight notification

Chap 8, Sec 8
*
*

Radio Navigation Aids


Horizontal Situation Indicator operating principles
Display

Chap 8, Sec 9
*

Radio Navigation Aids


The GPS

GT 34 A: Revise the following sections online as part of exam study


using the Review Mode.
Chap 8, Sec 1.
*
*
*
*

Radio Navigation Aids


Radio theory
Alternating current
Radio waves
Propagation

Duration 1.0 (approx)


GT 34B;

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 7, Sec 10 Performance & Operations


*
The Echo aeroplane
Chap 7, Sec 11 Performance & Operations
*
Range & Endurance
Chap 7, Sec 12a Performance & Operations
*
Advanced Weight and Balance Part 1
Chap 7, Sec 12b Advanced Weight and Balance Part 2
Duration 1.0 (approx).

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 34: Nav 15 Solo Consolidation, Low Level Navigation


Away Airport Re-Fuelling.
PFB 34:
*
*
*

The PFB is to include:


Discuss the route
Discuss the re-fuelling procedure at the away airport
Discuss the descent not below 500 ft AGL during the
Practiced Forced Landing exercise en-route
Duration 1.0

FT 34:
*
*
*

The FT is to:
Conduct the flight as briefed
Conduct away airport re-fuel
Conduct a practiced forced landing en-route.
Duration 5.0

AF 34:

Debrief the FT as required


Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 35: SYN 1:Basic IF and Circuit Flying.


GT 35 A:

Revise the following sections online as part of exam study


using Review Mode.

Chap 3,Sec 6.
*

Flight & Engine Instruments


The Artificial Horizon

Chap 3,Sec 7.
*

Flight & Engine Instruments


The Directional Gyro

Chap 3,Sec 8.
*

Flight & Engine Instruments


Turn and Slip Indicator and Turn Co-ordinator

Chap 3,Sec 11. Flight & Engine Instruments


*
The RMI
Duration 1.0 (approx)
GT 35 B:

Revise the following sections online as part of exam study


using Review Mode.

Chap 3,Sec 1.
*

Flight & Engine Instruments


The Pitot Static System

Chap 3,Sec 9.
*

Flight & Engine Instruments


Terrestrial Magnetism

Chap 3,Sec 10
*

Flight & Engine Instruments


Direct Reading Compasses

Chap 8,Sec 6.
*

Radio Navigation Aids


The DME

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 35: SYN 1:Basic IF and Circuit Flying.


PFB 35:
*
*
*
*

This PFB is to include:


Standard power settings for synthetic trainer profiles
Datum attitudes to achieve nominated performances
The Ni take-off technique
How to fly a ni circuit combining visual and IF techniques
Duration 1.0

FT 35:

This activity is to fly a dummy ni circuit in the synthetic


trainer and other basic IF revision sequences
Duration 1.0

AF 35:

Debrief the FT as required


Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA'S 35,36,37,38,43,44,45,46,48.
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
IF
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
18.6 Perform circuits and approaches
19.1 Land aeroplane
19.2 Perform mislanding procedure
21.1 Manage engine failure after take off
23.1 Perform manoeuvres Review full instrument panel
25.1 Prepare chart and flight plan
25.2 Plan navigational fuel requirements
25.3 Comply with airspace procedures
25.4 Conduct departure procedures
25.5 Navigate aeroplane en-route
25.9 Use radio navaids
25.10 Execute arrival procedures
26.1 Perform manoeuvres using limited instrument panel
NOTE:
Standard 1 must be achieved in all elements listed above
at or on completion of TA 48.
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 36: Night Circuits Introduction


GT 36 A:

Revise the following sections online as part of exam study


using the Review Mode
Chap 14, Sec 3 Human Factors
*
Hyperventilation
Chap 14, Sec 4. Human Factors
*
Atmospheric pressure changes on the body
Chap 14, Sec 5. Human Factors
*
The anatomy of the Ear
Chap 14, Sec 6 Human Factors Parts 1, 2 & 3
*
Vision, Spatial Disorientation and Illusions
Duration 1.0(approx)
GT 36 B:

Revise the following sections online as exam study in


Review Mode.
Chap 2, Sec 11 Engine & Systems
*
Undercarriage Systems
Chap 2, Sec 12 Engine & Systems
*
Fire protection systems
Chap 2, Sec 14 Engine & Systems
*
Stall Warning Systems
Chap 2, Sec 13 Engine & Systems
*
The Auto Pilot
Chap 2, Sec 15 Engine & Systems
*
Maintenance and Airworthiness

Duration 1.0 (approx)

NOTE: The revision for Chapter 2, Engines and


Systems is now complete.
This subject comprises part of the material for the
Aircraft General Knowledge Exam along with the
subjects for Flight & Engine Instruments which you
will complete in GT 40/TA 40.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 36 : Night Circuits- Introduction


PFB 36:
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

The PFB for ni circuits is to include:


Describe the standard ni circuit pattern
Discuss the methods of ni vision adaptation
Describe the problems of ni vision
Discuss the ni Takeoff and landing techniques
Discuss the methods to judge taxi speed at ni
Discuss the tower light signals
Discuss the loss of lighting procedures
Discuss the loss of electrics procedures
Duration 1.0

FT 36:
*
*
*
*
*
*

The FT is to include the following demonstrations:


How the Standard ni circuit pattern is flown
How to regulate taxi speed
How to use the taxi and landing lights
How to conduct the pre-flight inspection in the dark
How to use VASI or other approach slope aids
How the ni circuit is a mixture of IF and Visual flying
techniques
Duration 1.0

AF 36:

As required
Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA'S 35,36,37,38,43,44,45,46,48.
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
IF
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
18.6 Perform circuits and approaches
19.1 Land aeroplane
19.2 Perform mislanding procedure
21.1 Manage engine failure after take off
23.1 Perform manoeuvres Review full instrument panel
25.1 Prepare chart and flight plan
25.2 Plan navigational fuel requirements
25.3 Comply with airspace procedures
25.4 Conduct departure procedures
25.5 Navigate aeroplane en-route
25.9 Use radio navaids
25.10 Execute arrival procedures
26.1 Perform manoeuvres using limited instrument panel
NOTE:
Standard 1 must be achieved in all elements listed above
at or on completion of TA 48.
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 37: Night Circuits Consolidation


GT 37 A:

Revise the following sections online as exam study in


Review Mode.

Chap 14, Sec 10 Human Factors


*
The Atmosphere and the Gas Laws
Chap 14, Sec 11 Human Factors
*
Hypoxia
Duration 1.0 (approx)
GT 37 B:

Revise the following sections online as exam study in


Review Mode.

Chap 3, Sec 2
*

Flight & Engine Instruments


The Altimeter

Chap 3, Sec 3
*

Flight & Engine Instruments


The Vertical Speed Indicator

Chap 3, Sec 4
*

Flight & Engine Instruments


The Air Speed Indicator

Chap 3, Sec 5
*

Flight & Engine Instruments


Gyroscope Principles

Chap 3, Sec 13 Flight & Engine Instruments


*
Engine instruments
Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.
Chap 3, Sec 12 Flight & Engine Instruments
*
EFIS systems
*
Components
Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 37: Night Circuits Consolidation


PFB 37:
*
*
*
*
*
*

The PFB is to Include:


Discuss the Tower Light Signals
Discuss the Loss of electrics procedure
Discuss the loss of lighting procedure
Discuss the loss of radio procedure
Discuss the method to separate traffic at ni
Discuss the Flapless Circuit
Duration 1.0

FT 37:
*

Conduct consolidation of ni circuits as briefed


Conduct Flapless approaches to Land

Duration 1.0
AF 37:

Debrief the FT as required


Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA'S 35,36,37,38,43,44,45,46,48.
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
IF
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
18.6 Perform circuits and approaches
19.1 Land aeroplane
19.2 Perform mislanding procedure
21.1 Manage engine failure after take off
23.1 Perform manoeuvres Review full instrument panel
25.1 Prepare chart and flight plan
25.2 Plan navigational fuel requirements
25.3 Comply with airspace procedures
25.4 Conduct departure procedures
25.5 Navigate aeroplane en-route
25.9 Use radio navaids
25.10 Execute arrival procedures
26.1 Perform manoeuvres using limited instrument panel
NOTE:
Standard 1 must be achieved in all elements listed above
at or on completion of TA 48.
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 38: Night Circuits, Assessment for Solo.


GT 38 A:

Revise the following sections online for exam study in


Review Mode.

Chap 8, Sec 5
*
Chap 8, Sec 4
*
Chap 8, Sec 7
*
Chap 8, Sec 8.
*

Radio Navigation Aids


Fundamentals of Radar Theory
Radio Navigation Aids
The ILS
Radio Navigation Aids
Secondary Radar
Radio Navigation Aids
The HSI

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 38: Night Circuits, Assessment for Solo.


PFB 38:
*
*
*

The PFB is to include:


Solo assessment criteria
Engine failure at night procedures
PIC considerations -- not holding a NVFR Rating
Duration 1.0

FT 38:
*
*
*
*

The FT is to include:
Conduct a Practiced Engine Failure in Flight
Conduct a loss of Radio approach
Conduct a Loss of Electrics approach
Assess the trainee has achieved Solo standard
Duration 1.0

AF 38:

Debrief the FT as required

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA'S 35,36,37,38,43,44,45,46,48.
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
IF
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
18.6 Perform circuits and approaches
19.1 Land aeroplane
19.2 Perform mislanding procedure
21.1 Manage engine failure after take off
23.1 Perform manoeuvres Review full instrument panel
25.1 Prepare chart and flight plan
25.2 Plan navigational fuel requirements
25.3 Comply with airspace procedures
25.4 Conduct departure procedures
25.5 Navigate aeroplane en-route
25.9 Use radio navaids
25.10 Execute arrival procedures
26.1 Perform manoeuvres using limited instrument panel
NOTE:
Standard 1 must be achieved in all elements listed above
at or on completion of TA 48.
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 39: Night Circuits- First Ni Solo


GT 39 A:

Revise the following sections online for exam study in


Review Mode:

Chap 8, Sec 8
*

Flight & Engine Instruments


The HSI

Chap 8, Sec 9
*

Flight & Engine Instruments


The GPS

Duration 1.0(approx)

NOTE: Revision of Chapter 8, Radio Navigation


Aids, for the exams is now complete.
This subject comprises part of the material for the
Commercial Navigation Exam along with the
subjects for Navigation which you will complete in
GT 48/TA 48.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 39: Night Circuits- First Ni Solo


PFB 39:
*
*

The PFB is to:


Discuss the solo sequences authorised
Stress the PIC's responsibilities
Duration 1.0

FT 39:

The Trainee is to conduct standard night circuits as briefed

Duration 1.0
AF 39:

Debrief the FT as required

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 40: Night Circuits, Solo, Consolidation and Flapless


Approaches.
GT 40 A:

Revise the following sections online for exam revision,


using Review Mode.

Chap 3, Sec 12
*
Chap 3, Sec 13
*
Chap 6, Sec 12.
*
Chap 6, Sec 13
*

Flight & Engine Instruments


The EFIS
Flight & Engines Instruments
Engine Instrumentation
Flight & Engine Instruments
Advanced flight planning pt 2
Flight & Engine Instruments
Advanced nav techniques- rules of thumb

Duration 1.0 (approx)


GT 40 B:

Revise the following sections online for exam revision,


using Review Mode.

Chap 5, Sec 1
*
Chap 5, Sec 2
*
Chap 5, Sec 3
*
Chap 5, Sec 4
*

Meteorology
Composition of the Atmosphere
Meteorology
Heat and Temperature
Meteorology
Pressure
Meteorology
Humidity

Duration 1.0 (approx)

NOTE: Revision of Chapter 3, Flight & Engine


Instruments for the Aircraft General Knowledge
exam is now complete. You can now sit for your
Commercial exam for Aircraft General Knowledge.
We suggest that you review all Chapter 2 (Engines
& Systems) and Chapter 3 (Flight & Engine
Instruments) theory knowledge from the Review
section online.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 40: Night Circuits, Solo Consolidation and Flapless


Approaches.
PFB 40:

The PFB is to describe the solo sortie authorised


Duration 0.5

FT 40:
*

Conduct solo night circuits


Conduct flapless approaches

Duration 1.0
AF 40:

Debrief the FT as required

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 41: Night Circuits-Solo (Repeat)


GT 41 :

Revise the following sections online for exam revision,


using Review Mode.

Chap 14, Sec 7 Human Factors


*
Motion Sickness
Chap 14, Sec 8 Human Factors
*
Acceleration and G Effects
Chap 14, Sec 9 Human Factors
*
Toxic Hazards
Chap 14, Sec 13 Human Factors
*
Basic principles of crew co-ordination
Duration 1.0 (approx)

NOTE: Revision of Chapter 14, Human Factors for


the Human Factors theory exam is now complete.
You can now sit for your Commercial theory exam
for Human Factors.
We suggest that you review all Chapter 14 theory
knowledge from the Review section online.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 41:Night Circuits-Solo( Repeat)


PFB 41:

This is a repeat exercise, Brief as required


Duration 1.0

FT 41:

This is a repeat exercise. Conduct as briefed


Duration 1.0

AF 41:

Debrief FT as required
Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 42: Nav 16 - Solo Consolidation, Low Level Sector


Away Airport Re-Fuelling, Precautionary Search.
GT 42 :

Revise the following sections online for exam revision,


using Review Mode.

Chap 7, Sec 2
*
Chap 7, Sec 3
*
Chap 7, Sec 4a
*
Chap 7, Sec 4b
*

Performance & Operations


Pressure Altitude and Density Altitude
Performance & Operations
Aerodromes
Performance & Operations
Basic Take Off and Landing Performance Part 1
Performance & Operations
Basic Take Off and Landing Performance Part 2

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 42: Nav 16 - Solo Consolidation, Low Level Sector


Away Airport Re-Fuelling, Precautionary Search.
PFB 42:
*

This is a solo repeat exercise.


Briefing as required
Duration 0.5

FT 42:
*
*
*
*

Conduct the solo to include:


An away airport refuel
A practiced Precautionary Search and Landing Procedure
A low level diversion sector
A practiced Forced landing.
Duration 5.0

AF 42:

Debrief the solo as required


Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 43:Synthetic Trainer 2 Introduction to Radio Navaids


GT 43 :

Revise the following sections online for exam revision,


using Review Mode.

Chap 5, Sec 5
*
Chap 5, Sec 6
*
Chap 5, Sec 7
*
Chap 5, Sec 8
*

Meteorology
Atmospheric Stability
Meteorology
Pressure Systems
Meteorology
Winds
Meteorology
Local Winds

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 43:Synthetic Trainer 2 Introduction to Radio Navaids


PFB 43:
*
*
*

The PFB is to include:


Discuss the techniques to orientate, track and intercept
desired tracks using the ADF and VOR,
Describe the techniques adopted to adjust heading, with
wind,
Detail instrument approach checklist procedures

Duration 1.0
FT 43:

In the synthetic trainer conduct ADF orientation, tracking


and intercept exercises.
Duration 1.0

AF 43:

Debrief the FT as required


Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA'S 35,36,37,38,43,44,45,46,48.
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
IF
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
18.6 Perform circuits and approaches
19.1 Land aeroplane
19.2 Perform mislanding procedure
21.1 Manage engine failure after take off
23.1 Perform manoeuvres Review full instrument panel
25.1 Prepare chart and flight plan
25.2 Plan navigational fuel requirements
25.3 Comply with airspace procedures
25.4 Conduct departure procedures
25.5 Navigate aeroplane en-route
25.9 Use radio navaids
25.10 Execute arrival procedures
26.1 Perform manoeuvres using limited instrument panel
NOTE:
Standard 1 must be achieved in all elements listed above
at or on completion of TA 48.
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 44: Synthetic Trainer 3Radio Navaid Intercepting


Nominated Tracks using ADF and VOR
GT 44 A:

Revise the following sections online for exam revision,


using Review Mode.

Chap 7, Sec 5a
*
Chap 7, Sec 5b
*
Chap 7, Sec 6
*
Chap 7, Sec 8a
*
Chap 7, Sec 8b
*

Performance & Operations


Basic Weight and Balance Part 1
Performance & Operations
Basic Weight and Balance Part 2
Performance & Operations
Airworthiness and Aircraft Equipment
Performance & Operations
Advanced Take Off and landing performance Part 1
Performance & Operations
Advanced Take Off and landing performance Part 2

Duration1.0 (approx)
GT 44 B:

Revise the following sections online for exam revision,


using Review Mode.
Chap 7, Sec 9 Performance & Operations
*
Fuel and Payload Calculations
Chap 7, Sec 10, Performance & Operations
*
Echo Mk IV Performance Manual
Chap 7, Sec 11 Performance & Operations
*
Range & Endurance
Chap 7, Sec 12a Performance & Operations
*
Advanced Weight & Balance Part 1
Chap 7, Sec 12b Performance & Operations
*
Advanced Weight & Balance Part 2

Duration 1.0 (approx)

NOTE: Revision of Chapter 7, Performance &


Operations for the Performance & Operations
theory exam is now complete. You can now sit for
your Commercial theory exam for Performance &
Operations.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

We suggest that you review all Chapter 7 theory


knowledge from the Review section online as
required.
Additionally we suggest that you review the
following material:
Navigation Chapter 6, Sec 7
Fuel Calculations
Navigation Chapter 6, Sec 9b
Nav Flight Planning Part 2
Critical Points/PNR
Engines & Systems Chapter 2, Sec 15
Maintenance Requirements
prior to sitting for the Performance and Operations
Commercial Theory Exam.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 44: Synthetic Trainer 3Radio Navaid Intercepting


Nominated Tracks using ADF and VOR
PFB 44:
*
*
*

The PFB is to include:


Describe the VOR indications
Describe the techniques used to fly nominated tracks to
and from the VOR with Wind
Describe the checklist procedures used during instrument
approaches
Duration 1.0

FT 44:
*

In the synthetic trainer fly VOR orientation tracking and


intercept exercises
Fly NDB intercept exercises with and without Wind
Duration 1.0

AF 44:

Debrief the FT as required


Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA'S 35,36,37,38,43,44,45,46,48.
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
IF
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
18.6 Perform circuits and approaches
19.1 Land aeroplane
19.2 Perform mislanding procedure
21.1 Manage engine failure after take off
23.1 Perform manoeuvres Review full instrument panel
25.1 Prepare chart and flight plan
25.2 Plan navigational fuel requirements
25.3 Comply with airspace procedures
25.4 Conduct departure procedures
25.5 Navigate aeroplane en-route
25.9 Use radio navaids
25.10 Execute arrival procedures
26.1 Perform manoeuvres using limited instrument panel
NOTE:
Standard 1 must be achieved in all elements listed above
at or on completion of TA 48.
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 45: Night VFR Navigation


GT 45 A:

Revise the following sections online for exam revision,


using Review Mode.

Chap 5, Sec 11
*
Chap 5, Sec 10
*
Chap 5, Sec 12
*

Meteorology
Visibility
Meteorology
Airframe Icing
Meteorology
Turbulence, Standing Waves and Windshear

Duration 1.0 (approx)


GT 45 B:

Revise the following sections online for exam revision,


using Review Mode.

Chap 5, Sec 13
*
Chap 5, Sec 14
*

Meteorology
Thunderstorms and Microbursts
Meteorology
Air Masses

Duration 1.0 (approx)

NOTE: Revision of Chapter 5, Meteorology for the


Meteorology theory exam is now complete.
You can now sit for your Commercial theory exam
for Meteorology.
We suggest that you review all Chapter 5 theory
knowledge from the Review section online as
required.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 45: Night VFR Navigation


PFB 45:
*
*
*
*
*
*

The PFB is to include:


Methods used to prepare sketch maps of route
Discuss ni navigation techniques
Describe some of the dangers of visual illusions at ni
Discuss the LSALT calculation procedure
Discuss techniques used for ni eyesight to adapt
Discuss cockpit lighting minimisation
Duration 1.0

FT 45:
*
*
*
*

Over a suitable NVFR route:


Demonstrate Ni Departure Procedure
Conduct NVFR sectors using Visual and Radio Navigation
Aide for track maintenance
Discuss engine failure in flight procedures
Discuss Lost and Diversion procedures
Duration 3.0

AF 45:

Debrief the FT as required

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA'S 35,36,37,38,43,44,45,46,48.
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
IF
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
18.6 Perform circuits and approaches
19.1 Land aeroplane
19.2 Perform mislanding procedure
21.1 Manage engine failure after take off
23.1 Perform manoeuvres Review full instrument panel
25.1 Prepare chart and flight plan
25.2 Plan navigational fuel requirements
25.3 Comply with airspace procedures
25.4 Conduct departure procedures
25.5 Navigate aeroplane en-route
25.9 Use radio navaids
25.10 Execute arrival procedures
26.1 Perform manoeuvres using limited instrument panel
NOTE:
Standard 1 must be achieved in all elements listed above
at or on completion of TA 48.
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 46 Night Circuits (Repeat)


GT 46 :

Revise the following sections online for exam revision,


using Review Mode.

Chap 6, Sec 2
*

Navigation
Maps and Charts

Chap 6, Sec 3
*

Navigation
Charts

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 46 Night Circuits (Repeat)


PFB 46:

Brief the repeat sortie of night circuits as required

Duration 0.5
FT 46:

Conduct the repeat exercise as briefed


Duration 1.0

AF 46:

Debrief the FT as required


Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA'S 35,36,37,38,43,44,45,46,48.
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
IF
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
18.6 Perform circuits and approaches
19.1 Land aeroplane
19.2 Perform mislanding procedure
21.1 Manage engine failure after take off
23.1 Perform manoeuvres Review full instrument panel
25.1 Prepare chart and flight plan
25.2 Plan navigational fuel requirements
25.3 Comply with airspace procedures
25.4 Conduct departure procedures
25.5 Navigate aeroplane en-route
25.9 Use radio navaids
25.10 Execute arrival procedures
26.1 Perform manoeuvres using limited instrument panel
NOTE:
Standard 1 must be achieved in all elements listed above
at or on completion of TA 48.
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 47: Night Circuits- Solo (Repeat)


GT 47:

Revise the following sections online for exam revision,


using Review Mode.

Chap 6, Sec 4a Navigation


*
Nav Computer - Part 1
Chap 6, Sec 4b Navigation
*
Nav Computer - Part 2
Chap 6, Sec 4c Navigation
*
Nav Computer - Part 3
Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 47: Night Circuits- Solo(Repeat)


PFB 47:

Brief the solo Night circuit repeat exercise as required


Duration 0.5

FT 47:

Conduct the FT as briefed


Duration 1.0

AF 47:

Debrief the FT as required

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 48: Night Circuits-Dual-Consolidation


GT 48 :

Revise the following sections Online for exam revision,


using Review Mode.

Chap 6, Sec 5
*
Chap 6, Sec 6
*
Chap 6, Sec 7
*

Navigation
Altimetry
Navigation
Time
Navigation
Fuel Calculations

Duration 1.0 (approx)

NOTE: Revision of Chapter 6, Navigation for the


Navigation theory exam is now complete.
You can now sit for your Commercial theory exam
for Navigation.
We suggest that you review all Chapter 6 and
Chapter 8 Radio Navigation Aids theory knowledge
from the Review section online as required.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 48: Night Circuits-Dual-Consolidation


PFB 48:

Brief the repeat exercise as required


Duration 0.5

FT 48:

Conduct the repeat exercise as briefed


Duration 1.0

AF 48:

Debrief the FT as required

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT


TA'S 35,36,37,38,43,44,45,46,48.
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
IF
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
18.6 Perform circuits and approaches
19.1 Land aeroplane
19.2 Perform mislanding procedure
21.1 Manage engine failure after take off
23.1 Perform manoeuvres Review full instrument panel
25.1 Prepare chart and flight plan
25.2 Plan navigational fuel requirements
25.3 Comply with airspace procedures
25.4 Conduct departure procedures
25.5 Navigate aeroplane en-route
25.9 Use radio navaids
25.10 Execute arrival procedures
26.1 Perform manoeuvres using limited instrument panel
NOTE:
Standard 1 must be achieved in all elements listed above
at or on completion of TA 48.
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 49: Ni Circuits-Solo-Consolidation
GT 49 :

Revise the following sections online for exam revision,


using Review Mode.

Chap 1, Sec1
*
Chap 1, Sec 2
*
Chap 1, Sec 3
*
Chap 1, Sec 4
*
Chap 1, Sec 5
*

Aerodynamics
Aerofoil Theory
Aerodynamics
Lift
Aerodynamics
Drag
Aerodynamics
Lift Drag Ratio
Aerodynamics
Primary Flight Controls

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 49: Night Circuits-Solo-Consolidation


PFB 49:

Brief the last solo Night circuits exercise as required


Duration 0.5

FT 49:

Conduct the FT as briefed


Duration 1.0

AF 49:

Debrief the FT as required

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 50: Nav 18-Consolidation, Survey of an Area.


GT 50 :

Revise the following sections online for exam revision,


using Review Mode.

Chap 1, Sec 6
*
Chap 1, Sec 7
*
Chap 1, Sec 8
*
Chap 1, Sec 9
*
Chap 1, Sec 10
*

Aerodynamics
Stalling
Aerodynamics
Trim Tabs and Balance
Aerodynamics
Lift Augmentation devices
Aerodynamics
Straight and Level flight
Aerodynamics
Climbing

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 50: Nav 18-Consolidation, Survey of an Area.


PFB 50:
*
*

The PFB is to include:


Describe how to conduct surveys of an area
Discuss the ERSA search patterns
Duration 1.0

FT 50:
*
*
*

The Ft is to Include:
Conduct a survey of an area
Fly a search pattern
Conduct a precautionary search and landing at an ALA
Duration 3.0

AF 50:

Debrief the FT as required


Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT- COMMERCIAL ( S/E)


TA 29, 30, 31, 50, 53.
DATE:
AIRCRAFT:
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
______________________________________________________________________Ele
ment
Description
Standard
14.1
Complete pre and post flight actions
14.2
Perform pre flight inspection
14.3
Perform and certify Daily Inspection
15.1
Use R/T equipment
15.2
Maintain R/T equipment
16.1
Start and stop engine
16.2
Taxi aeroplane
17.1
Carry out pre take off procedures
17.2
Take off aeroplane
17.3
Carry out after take off procedures
18.1
Climb aeroplane
18.2
Maintain straight and level
18.3
Descend aeroplane
18.4
Turn aeroplane
18.5
Control aeroplane at slow speeds
18.6
Perform circuits and approaches
18.7
Comply with airspace requirements
19.1
Land aeroplane
19.2
Perform mislanding procedure
21.1
Manage engine failure after take off
21.2
Manage engine failure elsewhere in the circuit
21.3
Perform forced landing
21.4
Conduct precautionary search and landing
21.5
Manage other abnormal situations
22.1
Plan fuel requirements
22.2
Manage fuel system
22.3
Refuel aeroplane
23.1
Control aeroplane solely by Review to instruments
24.1
Brief passengers
24.2
Aid and assist passengers
25.1
Prepare chart and flight plan
25.2
Plan navigational fuel requirements
25.3
Comply with airspace procedures
25.4
Conduct departure procedures
25.5
Navigate aeroplane en-route
25.6
Navigate at low level and in reduced visibility
25.7
Perform lost procedure
25.8
Perform diversion procedure
25.9
Use radio navigation aids
25.10
Execute arrival procedures
NOTE: Standard 1 should be close to being achieved by TA 53,
when commencing the multi engine and Instrument Rating training.
_________________________________________________________________

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

PAGE 2
_________________________________________________________________________
____COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 51: Nav 19:Solo (Repeat)


GT 51 :

Revise the following sections online for exam revision,


using Review Mode.

Chap 1, Sec 11
*
Chap 1, Sec 12
*
Chap 1, Sec 13
*
Chap 1, Sec 14
*

Aerodynamics
Descending and Gliding
Aerodynamics
Turning
Aerodynamics
Spinning and Spiral Dives
Aerodynamics
Stability

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 51: Nav 19:Solo (Repeat)


PFB 51:

Brief this FT as a Solo repeat of activities conducted in


TA 50.
Duration 1.0

FT 51:

Conduct flight as briefed


Duration 3.0

AF 51:

Debrief the Ft as required


Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 52: GF 1:
GT 52:

Revision of SOLO Basic Handling

Revise the following sections online for exam revision,


using Review Mode.

Chap 1, Sec 15
*
Chap 1, Sec 16
*
Chap 1, Sec 17
*

Aerodynamics
Performance considerations
Aerodynamics
Taxi, take-Off and Landing
Aerodynamics
Wake and Jet stream Turbulence

Duration 1.0(approx)

NOTE: Revision of Chapter 1, Aerodynamics for


the Aerodynamics theory exam is now complete.
You can now sit for your Commercial theory exam
for Aerodynamics.
We suggest that you review all Chapter 1 theory
knowledge from the Review section online as
required.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 52: GF 1:
PFB 52:
*
*
*
*
*

Revision of SOLO Basic Handling

The briefing is to contain the general handling sequences


to be practiced:
Stalling
Steep Turns
Practice Forced Landings
Sideslipping
Short Field Take Offs and Landings

Duration 1.0
FT 52:

Conduct the SOLO FT as briefed


Duration 1.0

AF 52:

Debrief the FT as required


Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 53: Nav 20-Consolidation.


GT 53 :

Not programmed.

PFB 53:
*

This is a repeat exercise.


Discuss the skills requiring further refinement in order to
achieve the required competency for the CPL
Duration 1.0

FT 53:

Conduct the FT a Duration 1.0s briefed


Duration 3.0

AF 53:

Debrief the FT as required


Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT- COMMERCIAL ( S/E)


TA 29, 30, 31, 50, 53.
DATE:
AIRCRAFT:
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
______________________________________________________________________Ele
ment
Description
Standard
14.1
Complete pre and post flight actions
14.2
Perform pre flight inspection
14.3
Perform and certify Daily Inspection
15.1
Use R/T equipment
15.2
Maintain R/T equipment
16.1
Start and stop engine
16.2
Taxi aeroplane
17.1
Carry out pre take off procedures
17.2
Take off aeroplane
17.3
Carry out after take off procedures
18.1
Climb aeroplane
18.2
Maintain straight and level
18.3
Descend aeroplane
18.4
Turn aeroplane
18.5
Control aeroplane at slow speeds
18.6
Perform circuits and approaches
18.7
Comply with airspace requirements
19.1
Land aeroplane
19.2
Perform mislanding procedure
21.1
Manage engine failure after take off
21.2
Manage engine failure elsewhere in the circuit
21.3
Perform forced landing
21.4
Conduct precautionary search and landing
21.5
Manage other abnormal situations
22.1
Plan fuel requirements
22.2
Manage fuel system
22.3
Refuel aeroplane
23.1
Control aeroplane solely by Review to instruments
24.1
Brief passengers
24.2
Aid and assist passengers
25.1
Prepare chart and flight plan
25.2
Plan navigational fuel requirements
25.3
Comply with airspace procedures
25.4
Conduct departure procedures
25.5
Navigate aeroplane en-route
25.6
Navigate at low level and in reduced visibility
25.7
Perform lost procedure
25.8
Perform diversion procedure
25.9
Use radio navigation aids
25.10
Execute arrival procedures
NOTE: Standard 1 should be close to being achieved by TA 53,
when commencing the multi engine and Instrument Rating training.
_________________________________________________________________

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

PAGE 2
_________________________________________________________________________
____COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 54: Nav 21: Solo Consolidation (Repeat)


GT 54:

Not programmed

PFB 54:

As required to satisfy trainee requirements to complete the


competency elements.
Duration 1.0

FT 54:

Conduct the FT as briefed


Duration 3.0

AF 54:

As required
Duration 0.4

NOTE:
*

Many of the following exercises require the


trainee to accumulate the mandated
aeronautical experience.

The objectives therefore are the increasing in


accuracy and the gaining of Pilot in Command
Skills through repeat exercises.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 55: GF 2 (Repeat)
GT55:

Not programmed.

PFB 55:

Brief this repeat general handling exercise as required


Duration 0.5

FT 55:

Conduct the FT as briefed.


Duration 1.0

AF 55:

Debrief the FT as required.

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 56: Synthetic Trainer 4 -Unusual Attitudes, Limited Panel


Techniques
GT 56 :

Not Programmed.

PFB 56:
*

The PFB is to include:


Describe how to fly nominated profiles when using Limited
Panel technique for instrument flying
State the Unusual Attitude recovery Procedure
Describe how to fly steep turns using IF techniques

*
*

Duration 1.0
FT56:
*
*
*

In the Synthetic trainer:


Conduct Unusual Attitude recovery practices
Fly steep turns
Practice Limited Panel manoeuvres
Duration 1.0

AF 56:

Debrief the FT as required


Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT-- CIR


TA'S 56,59,67,68,69,73,74,75,76,85,86,87,88,89,90.
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
IF
Standard 1 must be achieved in all elements by TA 90.
_____________________________________________________________________Elem
ent
Description
Standard
IR 1 Entry and holding pattern correctly flown +/- 100ft
IR 2 Tracking within +/- 5deg or half scale CDI deflection
IR 3 Altitude @ minima within +100ft, Minus Nil of minima
IR 4 Ident monitored, audio or flags below MSA
IR 5 Altitude checked at marker beacon, or DME distance
IR 6 Descent not below DME steps, or LSALT as appropriate
IR 7 Circling approach correctly flown visually
IR 8 EFATO handled correctly
IR 9 Engine failure in flight handled correctly
IR 10 Missed approach procedure correctly flown
IR 11 Cockpit resources used efficiently
IR 12 Orientation and situational awareness maintained
IR 13 Sound engine handling shown
IR 14 Sound command judgement displayed
IR 15 Traffic handled safely
IR 16 Instruments and navaids checked during taxi
IR 17 PTOSB covered all pertinent aspects
IR 18 Correct IFR procedures applied
IR 19 Turbulence penetration speed quoted
IR 20 AIP handling speeds observed for category
IR 21 Steep turns on instruments +/- 150ft of datum
IR 22 Limited Panel technique manoeuvring within +/- 200ft of datum
IR 23 Unusual Attitude recovery drills correctly applied.
Achievement Standards Applicable to this Phase:
Standard 1: To IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 2: Not consistently to IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 3: Element under training
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 57: Nav 22: Solo Consolidation


GT 57 :

Not programmed.

PFB 57:

Brief the FT as required.


Duration 1.0

FT 57:

Conduct the FT as briefed.


Duration 5.0

AF 57:

Debrief the FT as required.


Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 58: GF3:

SOLO - General Handling(Repeat)

GT 58 :

Not programmed.

PFB 58:

Brief the repeat exercise as required.


Duration 0.5

FT 58:

Conduct the SOLO FT as briefed.


Duration 1.0

AF 58:

Debrief the FT as required.


Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 59: Synthetic Trainer 5: Base and Procedure Turns


GT 59 :

Not programmed.

PFB 59:
*

The PFB is to describe:


The method used to make Base turns and Procedure turns
using the ADF and VOR
How to react and handle emergency situations during IF
situations
Checklist Procedures

*
*

Duration 1.0
FT 59:
*
*
*

In the synthetic trainer the trainee is to:


Fly Base Turns,
Fly Procedure Turns using the ADF and VOR
Practice selected Emergency Drills
Duration 1.0

AF 59:

Debrief the FT as required.


Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT-- CIR


TA'S 56,59,67,68,69,73,74,75,76,85,86,87,88,89,90.
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
IF
Standard 1 must be achieved in all elements by TA 90.
_____________________________________________________________________Elem
ent
Description
Standard
IR 1 Entry and holding pattern correctly flown +/- 100ft
IR 2 Tracking within +/- 5deg or half scale CDI deflection
IR 3 Altitude @ minima within +100ft, Minus Nil of minima
IR 4 Ident monitored, audio or flags below MSA
IR 5 Altitude checked at marker beacon, or DME distance
IR 6 Descent not below DME steps, or LSALT as appropriate
IR 7 Circling approach correctly flown visually
IR 8 EFATO handled correctly
IR 9 Engine failure in flight handled correctly
IR 10 Missed approach procedure correctly flown
IR 11 Cockpit resources used efficiently
IR 12 Orientation and situational awareness maintained
IR 13 Sound engine handling shown
IR 14 Sound command judgement displayed
IR 15 Traffic handled safely
IR 16 Instruments and navaids checked during taxi
IR 17 PTOSB covered all pertinent aspects
IR 18 Correct IFR procedures applied
IR 19 Turbulence penetration speed quoted
IR 20 AIP handling speeds observed for category
IR 21 Steep turns on instruments +/- 150ft of datum
IR 22 Limited Panel technique manoeuvring within +/- 200ft of datum
IR 23 Unusual Attitude recovery drills correctly applied.
Achievement Standards Applicable to this Phase:
Standard 1: To IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 2: Not consistently to IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 3: Element under training
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 60: GF 4:Solo General Handling


GT 60:

Not programmed.

PFB 60:

Brief the repeat exercise as required.


Duration 0.5

FT 60:

Conduct the FT as briefed.


Duration 1.0

AF 60:

Debrief the FT as required.


Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 61: Nav 23: Solo Consolidation, Search Patterns and


Survey of an Area.
GT 61 :

Study the new Instrument Rating (IR) material online using


TCO Mode.

Chap 12, Sec 1 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)


*
CASA Syllabus of Training
Chap 12, Sec 2
*
*
*
*

Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)


VFR Flight Rules
IFR Flight Rules
Special VFR
VMC

Chap 12, Sec 3


*
*
*
*

Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)


Airspace
Classes of Airspace
Flight Information Areas
Separation Services

Chap 12, Sec 4


*
*
*
*

Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)


Altimetry
Pre-flight altimeter check
VFR flights above F200
Altimeter setting rules

Chap 12, Sec 5


*
*
*
*
*
*

Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)


Altimeter setting rules
Minimum IFR cruise flight levels
QNH Settings
Selection of altimeter settings
Cruise levels
Change of levels

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 61: Nav 23: Solo Consolidation, Search Patterns and


Survey of an Area.
PFB 61:

This is another solo consolidation activity.


Brief the FT as required.
Duration 0.5

FT 61:

Conduct the FT as briefed.


Duration 3.0

AF 61:

Debrief the FT as required.


Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 62: Nav 24:SOLO (Repeat)


GT 62 A : Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.
Chap 12, Sec 6
*
*
*
*

Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)


Alternate Aerodromes
Provisional TAF
Alternate Minimas
Traffic Holding Fuel

Chap 12, Sec 7 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)


*
Alternate Radio Nav Aid Requirements
Chap 12, Sec 8 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)
*
Alternate Aerodromes
*
Lighting requirements
Duration 1.0 (approx)
GT 62 B : Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.
Chap 12, Sec 9 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)
*
Lowest safe altitude (LSALT)
Chap 12, Sec 10 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)
*
Privileges & Limitations of IR Part 1
*
Radio Nav Aids
*
Pilot Qualifications
*
GPS
*
Pilot Fitness/Recency
Chap 12, Sec 11 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)
*
Privileges & Limitations of IR Part 2
*
Renewal Flight Tests
*
Documents/Maps/Charts to be carried
*
Aircraft Certification
*
IFR Flight Planning
*
Take Off Met Minima/Engine Failure
*
PAL Lighting
Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 62: Nav 24:SOLO (Repeat)


PFB 62:

Brief the repeat exercise as required.

Duration 0.5
FT 62:

Conduct the SOLO FT as briefed.


Duration 5.0

AF 62:

Debrief the FT as required

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 63: Nav 25: Solo Consolidation.


GT 63 :

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 12, Sec 12 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)


*
Route Specification & Navigation
*
IFR Position reports
*
Navigation tolerances
Chap 12, Sec 13 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)
*
Flight Planning Part 1
*
Meteorological Forecasts
*
Planning for IFR Flights
*
Radio Communications
Chap 12, Sec 14 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)
*
Flight Planning Part 2
*
Flight Planning Flight Rules
*
Non Instrument Procedures
*
Flight Notification
*
Radio Communications
Chap 12, Sec 15 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)
*
Departure
*
Navigation Aids
*
Minimum Altitude in CTA
*
Clearance Read Back Items
*
VMC Terrain Obstacle Clearance
*
Transponder/Radio Communications Loss
Chap 12, Sec 16 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)
*
IFR Charts
*
Chart Type Description
*
Symbols
Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 63: Nav 25: Solo Consolidation.


PFB 63:

Brief the solo exercise as required


Duration 0.5

FT 63:

Conduct the FT as briefed.


Duration 3.0

AF 63:

Debrief the FT as required.

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 64: GF5 :Solo General Handling(Repeat)


GT 64 :

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 12, Sec 17 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)


*
Standard Instr Radar Departures & Arrival Routes
*
SID Departures/STAR Arrivals
*
Procedural SIDs
*
Radar SIDs
*
STAR Arrivals
*
STAR Charts
*
STAR Requirements
Chap 12, Sec 18 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)
*
Arrivals
*
Last Position Report
*
Specific Runway
*
Holding prior to Approach
*
Visual Approach
*
IFR Separation at GAAPs
*
Landing Maneuvers
*
Cancelling SAR Watch in Class G Airspace
Duration 0.7 (Approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 64: GF5 :Solo General Handling(Repeat)


PFB 64:

Brief the solo general handling revision exercise


as required
Duration 0.5

FT 64:

Conduct the solo revision exercise as briefed.

Duration 1.0
AF 64:

Debrief the FT as required.


Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 65: GF6: Solo Revision.


GT 65:

Not programmed.

PFB 65:

As required for the revision exercise.


Duration 0.5

FT 65:

Conduct the revision as briefed.


Duration 1.0

AF 65:

Debrief the FT as required.


Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 66: GF 7 Solo Revision


GT 66:

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 12, Sec 19 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)


*
Instrument Approach Charts Part 1
*
Typical Approach Chart
*
Met Minima
*
Circling Area Obstacle Clearance
Chap 12, Sec 20 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)
*
Instrument Approach Procedure Charts Part 2
*
Visual Review
*
MA Obstacle Clearance
*
Visual Segment
*
Handling Speeds
*
OCA
*
Operating/Landing Minima
*
Decent Gradient
*
Wind Effect
*
Bank Angle
Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 66: GF 7 Solo Revision


PFB 66:

Brief the revision activities as required


Duration 0.5

FT 66:

Conduct the FT as briefed


Duration 1.0

AF 66:

Debrief the FT as required


Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 67: Synthetic Trainer 6, Nav 26:


GT 67A :

Study the following sections online using the TCO mode.

Chap 12, Sec 21 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)


*
Approach Procedures Part 1
*
Approach Segments
*
Precision/Non Precision Approaches
*
MSA
*
DME Arc
Chap 12, Sec 22 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)
*
Approach Procedures Part 2
*
Holding Procedures
*
Entry into Holding Patterns
*
Holding Patterns
Chap 12, Sec 23 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)
*
Approach Procedures Part 3
*
DME/GPS Arrivals
*
Special Alternate Weather Minimas
*
Calculation of ROC/ROD
*
ILS
*
Aerodrome IFR Met Minimas
*
QNH Source
*
High Intensity Approach Lighting (HIAL)
Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

GT 67B :

Study the following sections Online using the TCO mode.

Chap 12, Sec 24 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)


*
Meteorology
*
Obtaining Met Information
*
Terminal Area Forecasts (TAF)
*
Unscheduled Forecasts
*
Calculate Freezing Levels
*
Weather Hazards
*
Grid Point Forecasts
Chap 12, Sec 25 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)
*
Radio Navigation Aids Part 1
*
ADF/NDB
Chap 12, Sec 26 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)
*
Radio Navigation Aids Part 2
*
VOR
Chap 12, Sec 27 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)
*
Radio Navigation Aids Part 3
*
DME
Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 67: Synthetic Trainer 6, Nav 26:


PFB 67:
*
*
*
*

The PFB is to include:


How to fly a SID and set course IFR
How to flight follow IFR
What radio calls are required in various types of airspace
When to conduct Procedural drills and checks
Duration 1.0

FT 67:
*
*
*
*
*
*

In the procedural trainer the trainee is to:


Fly a practice IFR navigation activity.
Wind is to be used,
Track using VOR and ADF, and LLZ
Track maintenance within tolerance is required
Revise Steep turns and U/A drills
Position fix using navaid passage and DME distance
Duration 2.5

AF 67:

Debrief the FT as required


Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT-- CIR


TA'S 56,59,67,68,69,73,74,75,76,85,86,87,88,89,90.
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
IF
Standard 1 must be achieved in all elements by TA 90.
_____________________________________________________________________Elem
ent
Description
Standard
IR 1 Entry and holding pattern correctly flown +/- 100ft
IR 2 Tracking within +/- 5deg or half scale CDI deflection
IR 3 Altitude @ minima within +100ft, Minus Nil of minima
IR 4 Ident monitored, audio or flags below MSA
IR 5 Altitude checked at marker beacon, or DME distance
IR 6 Descent not below DME steps, or LSALT as appropriate
IR 7 Circling approach correctly flown visually
IR 8 EFATO handled correctly
IR 9 Engine failure in flight handled correctly
IR 10 Missed approach procedure correctly flown
IR 11 Cockpit resources used efficiently
IR 12 Orientation and situational awareness maintained
IR 13 Sound engine handling shown
IR 14 Sound command judgement displayed
IR 15 Traffic handled safely
IR 16 Instruments and navaids checked during taxi
IR 17 PTOSB covered all pertinent aspects
IR 18 Correct IFR procedures applied
IR 19 Turbulence penetration speed quoted
IR 20 AIP handling speeds observed for category
IR 21 Steep turns on instruments +/- 150ft of datum
IR 22 Limited Panel technique manoeuvring within +/- 200ft of datum
IR 23 Unusual Attitude recovery drills correctly applied.
Achievement Standards Applicable to this Phase:
Standard 1: To IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 2: Not consistently to IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 3: Element under training
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 68:IFR Dual Nav 27.


GT 68:

Revise the following sections in Review Mode as


pre exam study.

Chap 12, Sec 17 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)


*
Standard Instr Radar Departures & Arrival Routes
*
SID Departures/STAR Arrivals
*
Procedural SIDs
*
Radar SIDs
*
STAR Arrivals
*
STAR Charts
*
STAR Requirements
Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 68: IFR Dual Nav 27.


PFB 68:
*
*
*

Brief the IFR navex is required to:


Track using ADF, VOR and LLZ as appropriate
Use DME for position fixing with VOR or NDB bearing
Make correct radio calls, and comply with airspace
procedures.
Duration 1.0

FT68:

Conduct an IFR navex as briefed


Duration 3.0

AF 68:

Debrief the FT as required


Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT-- CIR


TA'S 56,59,67,68,69,73,74,75,76,85,86,87,88,89,90.
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
IF
Standard 1 must be achieved in all elements by TA 90.
_____________________________________________________________________Elem
ent
Description
Standard
IR 1 Entry and holding pattern correctly flown +/- 100ft
IR 2 Tracking within +/- 5deg or half scale CDI deflection
IR 3 Altitude @ minima within +100ft, Minus Nil of minima
IR 4 Ident monitored, audio or flags below MSA
IR 5 Altitude checked at marker beacon, or DME distance
IR 6 Descent not below DME steps, or LSALT as appropriate
IR 7 Circling approach correctly flown visually
IR 8 EFATO handled correctly
IR 9 Engine failure in flight handled correctly
IR 10 Missed approach procedure correctly flown
IR 11 Cockpit resources used efficiently
IR 12 Orientation and situational awareness maintained
IR 13 Sound engine handling shown
IR 14 Sound command judgement displayed
IR 15 Traffic handled safely
IR 16 Instruments and navaids checked during taxi
IR 17 PTOSB covered all pertinent aspects
IR 18 Correct IFR procedures applied
IR 19 Turbulence penetration speed quoted
IR 20 AIP handling speeds observed for category
IR 21 Steep turns on instruments +/- 150ft of datum
IR 22 Limited Panel technique manoeuvring within +/- 200ft of datum
IR 23 Unusual Attitude recovery drills correctly applied.
Achievement Standards Applicable to this Phase:
Standard 1: To IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 2: Not consistently to IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 3: Element under training
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 69: Synthetic Trainer 7: Nav 28


GT 69:

Revise the following sections online for exam revision,


using Review Mode.

Chap 12, Sec 21 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)


*
Approach Procedures Part 1
*
Approach Segments
*
Precision/Non Precision Approaches
*
MSA
*
DME Arc
Chap 12, Sec 22 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)
*
Approach Procedures Part 2
*
Holding Procedures
*
Entry into Holding Patterns
*
Holding Patterns
Chap 12, Sec 23 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)
*
Approach Procedures Part 3
*
DME/GPS Arrivals
*
Special Alternate Weather Minimas
*
Calculation of ROC/ROD
*
ILS
*
Aerodrome IFR Met Minimas
*
QNH Source
*
High Intensity Approach Lighting (HIAL)
Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 69: Synthetic Trainer7: Nav 28


PFB 69:
*
*
*
*
*
*

The PFB is to include:


Describe how to fly a Sector Entry using ADF
Describe how to fly a Holding pattern using ADF
Discuss the wind allowances available in the Hold
Discuss how to fly a NDB approach, and relate the
similarities to a VOR approach
Discuss how to fly a SID
Discuss how to fly a DME arc
Duration 1.0

FT 69:
*
*
*
*
*
*

In the synthetic trainer:


Fly practice sector entries and holding patterns using the
ADF
Fly an NDB approach
Fly a VOR approach
Fly a simulated SID using ADF
Fly a DME arc
Fly a simulated navex
Duration 2.5

AF 69:

Debrief the FT as required


Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT-- CIR


TA'S 56,59,67,68,69,73,74,75,76,85,86,87,88,89,90.
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
IF
Standard 1 must be achieved in all elements by TA 90.
_____________________________________________________________________Elem
ent
Description
Standard
IR 1 Entry and holding pattern correctly flown +/- 100ft
IR 2 Tracking within +/- 5deg or half scale CDI deflection
IR 3 Altitude @ minima within +100ft, Minus Nil of minima
IR 4 Ident monitored, audio or flags below MSA
IR 5 Altitude checked at marker beacon, or DME distance
IR 6 Descent not below DME steps, or LSALT as appropriate
IR 7 Circling approach correctly flown visually
IR 8 EFATO handled correctly
IR 9 Engine failure in flight handled correctly
IR 10 Missed approach procedure correctly flown
IR 11 Cockpit resources used efficiently
IR 12 Orientation and situational awareness maintained
IR 13 Sound engine handling shown
IR 14 Sound command judgement displayed
IR 15 Traffic handled safely
IR 16 Instruments and navaids checked during taxi
IR 17 PTOSB covered all pertinent aspects
IR 18 Correct IFR procedures applied
IR 19 Turbulence penetration speed quoted
IR 20 AIP handling speeds observed for category
IR 21 Steep turns on instruments +/- 150ft of datum
IR 22 Limited Panel technique manoeuvring within +/- 200ft of datum
IR 23 Unusual Attitude recovery drills correctly applied.
Achievement Standards Applicable to this Phase:
Standard 1: To IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 2: Not consistently to IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 3: Element under training
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 70: GF8, Solo General Handling (Repeat)


TA 71: GF 9,Solo General Handling(Repeat)
TA 72: GF 10, Solo General Handling (Repeat)
GT 70,
GT 71,
GT 72:
Not programmed.
PFB 70,
PFB 71,
PFB 72:
Brief the solo general handling revision exercises
as required
Duration 0.5 each
FT 70,
FT 71,
FT 72:
Conduct the FT's as briefed.
Duration 1.0 each
AF 70,
AF 71,
AF 72:
Conduct the debriefs of the FT's as required
Duration 0.4 each

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 73: Nav 29: IFR Navigation


GT 73:

Revise the following sections online for exam revision,


using Review Mode.

Chap 12, Sec 12 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)


*
Route Specification & Navigation
*
IFR Position reports
*
Navigation tolerances
Chap 12, Sec 13 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)
*
Flight Planning Part 1
*
Meteorological Forecasts
*
Planning for IFR Flights
*
Radio Communications
Chap 12, Sec 14 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)
*
Flight Planning Part 2
*
Flight Planning Flight Rules
*
Non Instrument Procedures
*
Flight Notification
*
Radio Communications
Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 73: Nav 29: IFR Navigation


PFB 73:
*
*
*
*

The PFB is to include:


Flight planning methods
Full Reporting requirements
Traffic separation procedures
Airwork details at turning points
Duration 1.0

FT 73:
*
*
*
*
*

Conduct an IFR flight to include:


Tracking using the ADF and VOR
Fly a SID using the ADF or VOR
Conduct a Sector entry and Holding Pattern using the ADF
or VOR
Fly NDB and VOR approaches at applicable aids
Fly the briefed route

Duration 3.0
AF 73:

Debrief as required
Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT-- CIR


TA'S 56,59,67,68,69,73,74,75,76,85,86,87,88,89,90.
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
IF
Standard 1 must be achieved in all elements by TA 90.
_____________________________________________________________________Elem
ent
Description
Standard
IR 1 Entry and holding pattern correctly flown +/- 100ft
IR 2 Tracking within +/- 5deg or half scale CDI deflection
IR 3 Altitude @ minima within +100ft, Minus Nil of minima
IR 4 Ident monitored, audio or flags below MSA
IR 5 Altitude checked at marker beacon, or DME distance
IR 6 Descent not below DME steps, or LSALT as appropriate
IR 7 Circling approach correctly flown visually
IR 8 EFATO handled correctly
IR 9 Engine failure in flight handled correctly
IR 10 Missed approach procedure correctly flown
IR 11 Cockpit resources used efficiently
IR 12 Orientation and situational awareness maintained
IR 13 Sound engine handling shown
IR 14 Sound command judgement displayed
IR 15 Traffic handled safely
IR 16 Instruments and navaids checked during taxi
IR 17 PTOSB covered all pertinent aspects
IR 18 Correct IFR procedures applied
IR 19 Turbulence penetration speed quoted
IR 20 AIP handling speeds observed for category
IR 21 Steep turns on instruments +/- 150ft of datum
IR 22 Limited Panel technique manoeuvring within +/- 200ft of datum
IR 23 Unusual Attitude recovery drills correctly applied.
Achievement Standards Applicable to this Phase:
Standard 1: To IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 2: Not consistently to IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 3: Element under training
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 74: Synthetic Trainer 8: Nav 30.


GT 74:

Revise the following sections online for exam revision,


using Review Mode.

Chap 12, Sec 25 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)


*
Radio Navigation Aids Part 1
*
ADF/NDB
Chap 12, Sec 26 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)
*
Radio Navigation Aids Part 2
*
VOR
Chap 12, Sec 27 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)
*
Radio Navigation Aids Part 3
*
DME
Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 74: Synthetic Trainer 8: Nav 30.


PFB 74:
*
*
*
*

The PFB is to include:


Describe how a DME Arrival is flown using the VOR or
NDB
Describe the Sector Entry indications and Holding pattern
requirements when joining a DME arc
Discuss how to fly an ILS approach
Discuss how to fly a DME Arrival
Duration 1.0

FT 74:
*
*
*
*

In the synthetic trainer:


Fly a SID using the VOR or NDB
Fly an ILS approach
Fly a DME Arrival
Fly the briefed route
Duration 2.5

AF 74:

Debrief the FT as required


Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT-- CIR


TA'S 56,59,67,68,69,73,74,75,76,85,86,87,88,89,90.
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
IF
Standard 1 must be achieved in all elements by TA 90.
_____________________________________________________________________Elem
ent
Description
Standard
IR 1 Entry and holding pattern correctly flown +/- 100ft
IR 2 Tracking within +/- 5deg or half scale CDI deflection
IR 3 Altitude @ minima within +100ft, Minus Nil of minima
IR 4 Ident monitored, audio or flags below MSA
IR 5 Altitude checked at marker beacon, or DME distance
IR 6 Descent not below DME steps, or LSALT as appropriate
IR 7 Circling approach correctly flown visually
IR 8 EFATO handled correctly
IR 9 Engine failure in flight handled correctly
IR 10 Missed approach procedure correctly flown
IR 11 Cockpit resources used efficiently
IR 12 Orientation and situational awareness maintained
IR 13 Sound engine handling shown
IR 14 Sound command judgement displayed
IR 15 Traffic handled safely
IR 16 Instruments and navaids checked during taxi
IR 17 PTOSB covered all pertinent aspects
IR 18 Correct IFR procedures applied
IR 19 Turbulence penetration speed quoted
IR 20 AIP handling speeds observed for category
IR 21 Steep turns on instruments +/- 150ft of datum
IR 22 Limited Panel technique manoeuvring within +/- 200ft of datum
IR 23 Unusual Attitude recovery drills correctly applied.
Achievement Standards Applicable to this Phase:
Standard 1: To IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 2: Not consistently to IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 3: Element under training
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 75: IFR Dual Nav 31.


GT 75:

Revise the following sections online for exam revision,


using Review Mode.

Chap 12, Sec 2


*
*
*
*

Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)


VFR Flight Rules
IFR Flight Rules
Special VFR
VMC

Chap 12, Sec 3


*
*
*
*

Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)


Airspace
Classes of Airspace
Flight Information Areas
Separation Services

Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 75: IFR Dual Nav 31.


PFB 75:
*
*
*

Brief the Navex to be flown.


Describe the route to be flown, and
Nominate the approaches to be practiced viz, NDB, VOR,
ILS, or DME arc
Duration 1.0

FT 75:

Fly the nav and navaid procedures as briefed


Duration 3.0

AF 75:

Debrief the FT as required


Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT-- CIR


TA'S 56,59,67,68,69,73,74,75,76,85,86,87,88,89,90.
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
IF
Standard 1 must be achieved in all elements by TA 90.
_____________________________________________________________________Elem
ent
Description
Standard
IR 1 Entry and holding pattern correctly flown +/- 100ft
IR 2 Tracking within +/- 5deg or half scale CDI deflection
IR 3 Altitude @ minima within +100ft, Minus Nil of minima
IR 4 Ident monitored, audio or flags below MSA
IR 5 Altitude checked at marker beacon, or DME distance
IR 6 Descent not below DME steps, or LSALT as appropriate
IR 7 Circling approach correctly flown visually
IR 8 EFATO handled correctly
IR 9 Engine failure in flight handled correctly
IR 10 Missed approach procedure correctly flown
IR 11 Cockpit resources used efficiently
IR 12 Orientation and situational awareness maintained
IR 13 Sound engine handling shown
IR 14 Sound command judgement displayed
IR 15 Traffic handled safely
IR 16 Instruments and navaids checked during taxi
IR 17 PTOSB covered all pertinent aspects
IR 18 Correct IFR procedures applied
IR 19 Turbulence penetration speed quoted
IR 20 AIP handling speeds observed for category
IR 21 Steep turns on instruments +/- 150ft of datum
IR 22 Limited Panel technique manoeuvring within +/- 200ft of datum
IR 23 Unusual Attitude recovery drills correctly applied.
Achievement Standards Applicable to this Phase:
Standard 1: To IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 2: Not consistently to IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 3: Element under training
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 76: Nav 32: IFR Navigation (Night)


GT 76:

Revise the following sections online for exam revision,


using Review Mode.

Chap 12, Sec 24 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)


*
Meteorology
*
Obtaining Met Information
*
Terminal Area Forecasts (TAF)
*
Unscheduled Forecasts
*
Calculate Freezing Levels
*
Weather Hazards
*
Grid Point Forecasts
Revise the following sections Online for exam revision,
using Review Mode.
Chap 14, Sec 6a Human Factors.
*
Vision, Spatial Disorientation and Illusions Part 1.
*
The eye
Chap 14, Sec 6b Human Factors
Vision, Spatial Disorientation and Illusions Part 2.
*
Disorientation
Chap 14, Sec 6c Human Factors
*
Vision, Spatial Disorientation and Illusions Part 3.
*
Visual Illusions
Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 76: Nav 32: IFR Navigation (Night)


PFB 76:
*
*
*
*
*

Brief the following:


The route to be flown
The operation of PAL
The Night Effect for the ADF
The problems associated with Night IFR (alternates)
The practice approaches to be flown
Duration 1.0

FT 76:
*
*
*
*

The FT is to:
Conduct a Night navex over the route nominated
Use the ADF and VOR for Tracking
Fly the practice approaches as briefed
Night circuits to full stop may be conducted
Duration 3.0

AF 76:

Debrief as required

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT-- CIR


TA'S 56,59,67,68,69,73,74,75,76,85,86,87,88,89,90.
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
IF
Standard 1 must be achieved in all elements by TA 90.
_____________________________________________________________________Elem
ent
Description
Standard
IR 1 Entry and holding pattern correctly flown +/- 100ft
IR 2 Tracking within +/- 5deg or half scale CDI deflection
IR 3 Altitude @ minima within +100ft, Minus Nil of minima
IR 4 Ident monitored, audio or flags below MSA
IR 5 Altitude checked at marker beacon, or DME distance
IR 6 Descent not below DME steps, or LSALT as appropriate
IR 7 Circling approach correctly flown visually
IR 8 EFATO handled correctly
IR 9 Engine failure in flight handled correctly
IR 10 Missed approach procedure correctly flown
IR 11 Cockpit resources used efficiently
IR 12 Orientation and situational awareness maintained
IR 13 Sound engine handling shown
IR 14 Sound command judgement displayed
IR 15 Traffic handled safely
IR 16 Instruments and navaids checked during taxi
IR 17 PTOSB covered all pertinent aspects
IR 18 Correct IFR procedures applied
IR 19 Turbulence penetration speed quoted
IR 20 AIP handling speeds observed for category
IR 21 Steep turns on instruments +/- 150ft of datum
IR 22 Limited Panel technique manoeuvring within +/- 200ft of datum
IR 23 Unusual Attitude recovery drills correctly applied.
Achievement Standards Applicable to this Phase:
Standard 1: To IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 2: Not consistently to IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 3: Element under training
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 77: Nav 33, Solo VFR Revision.


GT77:

Revise the following sections online for exam revision,


using Review Mode.

Chap 12, Sec 1 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)


*
CASA Syllabus of Training
Chap 12, Sec 18 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)
*
Arrivals
*
Last Position Report
*
Specific Runway
*
Holding prior to Approach
*
Visual Approach
*
IFR Separation at GAAPs
*
Landing Maneouvres
*
Cancelling SAR Watch in Class G Airspace
Chap 12, Sec 21 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)
*
Approach Procedures Part 1
*
Approach Segments
*
Precision/Non Precision Approaches
*
MSA
*
DME Arc
Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 77: Nav 33, Solo VFR Revision.


PFB 77:

The briefing is to describe the Solo nav to be conducted

Duration 1.0
FT 77:

Conduct the revision navex as briefed


Duration 3.0

AF 77:

Debrief the FT as required

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 78: Nav 34 Solo VFR (Repeat)


GT 78:

Revise the following sections online for exam revision,


using Review Mode.

Chap 12, Sec 6


*
*
*
*

Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)


Alternate Aerodromes
Provisional TAF
Alternate Minimas
Traffic Holding Fuel

Chap 12, Sec 7 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)


*
Alternate Radio Nav Aid Requirements
Chap 12, Sec 8 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)
*
Alternate Aerodromes
*
Lighting requirements
Chap 12, Sec 9 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)
*
Lowest safe altitude (LSALT)
Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 78: Nav 34 Solo VFR (Repeat)


PFB78:

Brief the revision exercise as required

Duration 0.5
FT 78:

Conduct the FT as briefed

Duration 4.0
AF 78:

Debrief the FT as required

Duration 0.4

NOTE: All subsequent TA's will be in a twin


engine aircraft, or twin engine synthetic
trainer

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 79: M/E Conversion 1


GT 79:

Revise the following sections online for exam revision,


using Review Mode.

Chap 12, Sec 10 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)


*
Privileges & Limitations of IR Part 1
*
Radio Nav Aids
*
Pilot Qualifications
*
GPS
*
Pilot Fitness/Recency
Chap 12, Sec 11 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)
*
Privileges & Limitations of IR Part 2
*
Renewal Flight Tests
*
Documents/Maps/Charts to be carried
*
Aircraft Certification
*
IFR Flight Planning
*
Take - Off Met Minima/Engine Failure
*
PAL Lighting
Chap 12, Sec 16 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)
*
IFR Charts
*
Chart Type Description
*
Symbols
Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 79: M/E Conversion 1


PFB 79:

The PFB is to include the sequence of events for the type


conversion

Duration 1.0
FT 79:

Type conversion training as Briefed

Duration 1.0
AF 79:

As required

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT- ME


TA'S 79,80,81,82,83,84
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL

IF

Refer to the "CASA Application for Initial Multi-engine Endorsement(Rating)


or Type Endorsement- Multi Engine Propeller Aeroplane < 5700kg"
found in the CASA CAAP's.
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
ME 1 Theory questionnaire completed correctly
ME 2 Wt and Balance calculation completed correctly
ME 3 Normal take off and climb to circuit
ME 4 Circuit approach with no glideslope and
full stop landing into crosswind
ME 5 Accelerate, Stop, with simulated engine failure on the runway,
at no more than Vr- 15kt (or synthetic trainer), with correct drills
ME 6 Clean configuration, auto pilot with altitude hold engaged, approach
to stall warning, and incipient stall recovery
ME 7 Landing configuration developed stall and correct recovery
ME 8 Recognition and resolution of runaway trim ( if applicable)
ME 9 Continued take off following EFATO after "Decision"
ME 10 Simulated asymmetric configuration, Go round prior to "Committal"
ME 11 Simulated asymmetric configuration, Full stop landing
ME 12 Demonstrate ability to competently use all systems
ME 13 By Night, conduct normal circuits and Go round
ME 14 By Night, conduct full stop landing.
NOTE: Standard 2 must be achieved for all above elements by TA 84.
_________________________________________________________________________
_COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 80: M/E Conversion 2


GT 80:

Not programmed.

PFB 80:

The PFB is to describe the sequence of events in the type


conversion.
Duration 1.0

FT80:

Type conversion training as briefed.


Duration 1.0

AF80:

As required
Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT- ME


TA'S 79,80,81,82,83,84
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL

IF

Refer to the "CASA Application for Initial Multi-engine Endorsement(Rating)


or Type Endorsement- Multi Engine Propeller Aeroplane < 5700kg"
found in the CASA CAAP's.
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
ME 1 Theory questionnaire completed correctly
ME 2 Wt and Balance calculation completed correctly
ME 3 Normal take off and climb to circuit
ME 4 Circuit approach with no glideslope and
full stop landing into crosswind
ME 5 Accelerate, Stop, with simulated engine failure on the runway,
at no more than Vr- 15kt (or synthetic trainer), with correct drills
ME 6 Clean configuration, auto pilot with altitude hold engaged, approach
to stall warning, and incipient stall recovery
ME 7 Landing configuration developed stall and correct recovery
ME 8 Recognition and resolution of runaway trim ( if applicable)
ME 9 Continued take off following EFATO after "Decision"
ME 10 Simulated asymmetric configuration, Go round prior to "Committal"
ME 11 Simulated asymmetric configuration, Full stop landing
ME 12 Demonstrate ability to competently use all systems
ME 13 By Night, conduct normal circuits and Go round
ME 14 By Night, conduct full stop landing.
NOTE: Standard 2 must be achieved for all above elements by TA 84.
_________________________________________________________________________
_COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 81: M/E Conversion 3


GT 81:

Not programmed.

PFB 81:

The PFB is to describe the type conversion training events


to be flown.
Duration 1.0

FT81:

Type conversion training as briefed.


Duration 1.0

AF81:

Debrief as required.
Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT- ME


TA'S 79,80,81,82,83,84
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL

IF

Refer to the "CASA Application for Initial Multi-engine Endorsement(Rating)


or Type Endorsement- Multi Engine Propeller Aeroplane < 5700kg"
found in the CASA CAAP's.
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
ME 1 Theory questionnaire completed correctly
ME 2 Wt and Balance calculation completed correctly
ME 3 Normal take off and climb to circuit
ME 4 Circuit approach with no glideslope and
full stop landing into crosswind
ME 5 Accelerate, Stop, with simulated engine failure on the runway,
at no more than Vr- 15kt (or synthetic trainer), with correct drills
ME 6 Clean configuration, auto pilot with altitude hold engaged, approach
to stall warning, and incipient stall recovery
ME 7 Landing configuration developed stall and correct recovery
ME 8 Recognition and resolution of runaway trim ( if applicable)
ME 9 Continued take off following EFATO after "Decision"
ME 10 Simulated asymmetric configuration, Go round prior to "Committal"
ME 11 Simulated asymmetric configuration, Full stop landing
ME 12 Demonstrate ability to competently use all systems
ME 13 By Night, conduct normal circuits and Go round
ME 14 By Night, conduct full stop landing.
NOTE: Standard 2 must be achieved for all above elements by TA 84.
_________________________________________________________________________
_COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 82: M/E Conversion 4


GT 82:

Not programmed.

PFB 82:

Brief the type conversion training activities to be flown


Duration 1.0

FT 82:

Conduct the FT as briefed


Duration 1.0

AF 82:

Debrief the FT as required.


Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT- ME


TA'S 79,80,81,82,83,84
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL

IF

Refer to the "CASA Application for Initial Multi-engine Endorsement(Rating)


or Type Endorsement- Multi Engine Propeller Aeroplane < 5700kg"
found in the CASA CAAP's.
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
ME 1 Theory questionnaire completed correctly
ME 2 Wt and Balance calculation completed correctly
ME 3 Normal take off and climb to circuit
ME 4 Circuit approach with no glideslope and
full stop landing into crosswind
ME 5 Accelerate, Stop, with simulated engine failure on the runway,
at no more than Vr- 15kt (or synthetic trainer), with correct drills
ME 6 Clean configuration, auto pilot with altitude hold engaged, approach
to stall warning, and incipient stall recovery
ME 7 Landing configuration developed stall and correct recovery
ME 8 Recognition and resolution of runaway trim ( if applicable)
ME 9 Continued take off following EFATO after "Decision"
ME 10 Simulated asymmetric configuration, Go round prior to "Committal"
ME 11 Simulated asymmetric configuration, Full stop landing
ME 12 Demonstrate ability to competently use all systems
ME 13 By Night, conduct normal circuits and Go round
ME 14 By Night, conduct full stop landing.
NOTE: Standard 2 must be achieved for all above elements by TA 84.
_________________________________________________________________________
_COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 83: M/E Conversion 5 NVFR


GT 83:

Not programmed.

PFB 83:

The PFB is to discuss the NVFR circuit pattern.


Duration 0.5

FT 83:

Conduct NVFR circuits as required


Duration 1.0

AF 83:

Debrief the FT as required.


Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT- ME


TA'S 79,80,81,82,83,84
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL

IF

Refer to the "CASA Application for Initial Multi-engine Endorsement(Rating)


or Type Endorsement- Multi Engine Propeller Aeroplane < 5700kg"
found in the CASA CAAP's.
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
ME 1 Theory questionnaire completed correctly
ME 2 Wt and Balance calculation completed correctly
ME 3 Normal take off and climb to circuit
ME 4 Circuit approach with no glideslope and
full stop landing into crosswind
ME 5 Accelerate, Stop, with simulated engine failure on the runway,
at no more than Vr- 15kt (or synthetic trainer), with correct drills
ME 6 Clean configuration, auto pilot with altitude hold engaged, approach
to stall warning, and incipient stall recovery
ME 7 Landing configuration developed stall and correct recovery
ME 8 Recognition and resolution of runaway trim ( if applicable)
ME 9 Continued take off following EFATO after "Decision"
ME 10 Simulated asymmetric configuration, Go round prior to "Committal"
ME 11 Simulated asymmetric configuration, Full stop landing
ME 12 Demonstrate ability to competently use all systems
ME 13 By Night, conduct normal circuits and Go round
ME 14 By Night, conduct full stop landing.
NOTE: Standard 2 must be achieved for all above elements by TA 84.
_________________________________________________________________________
_COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 84: M/E Conversion 6,VFR , Nav 35


GT 84:

Not programmed.

PFB 84:

Discuss the VFR navigation training activity to be flown


Duration 1.0

FT 84:

Conduct the FT as briefed


Duration 2.0

AF 84:

Debrief the FT as required.

Duration 0.4.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT- ME


TA'S 79,80,81,82,83,84
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL

IF

Refer to the "CASA Application for Initial Multi-engine Endorsement(Rating)


or Type Endorsement- Multi Engine Propeller Aeroplane < 5700kg"
found in the CASA CAAP's.
_____________________________________________________________________
Element
Description
Standard
ME 1 Theory questionnaire completed correctly
ME 2 Wt and Balance calculation completed correctly
ME 3 Normal take off and climb to circuit
ME 4 Circuit approach with no glideslope and
full stop landing into crosswind
ME 5 Accelerate, Stop, with simulated engine failure on the runway,
at no more than Vr- 15kt (or synthetic trainer), with correct drills
ME 6 Clean configuration, auto pilot with altitude hold engaged, approach
to stall warning, and incipient stall recovery
ME 7 Landing configuration developed stall and correct recovery
ME 8 Recognition and resolution of runaway trim ( if applicable)
ME 9 Continued take off following EFATO after "Decision"
ME 10 Simulated asymmetric configuration, Go round prior to "Committal"
ME 11 Simulated asymmetric configuration, Full stop landing
ME 12 Demonstrate ability to competently use all systems
ME 13 By Night, conduct normal circuits and Go round
ME 14 By Night, conduct full stop landing.
NOTE: Standard 2 must be achieved for all above elements by TA 84.
_________________________________________________________________________
_COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 85: Synthetic Trainer 9, (ME), Nav 36


GT 85:

Revise the following sections online for exam revision,


using Review Mode.

Chap 6, Sec 9b. Navigation


*
Flight Planning Pt 2
*
CP and PNR
Duration 1.0(approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 85: Synthetic Trainer 9, (ME), Nav 36


PFB 85:
*
*
*
*
*

The PFB is to include:


Discuss the Engine Failure in Flight (EFIF) drill
Discuss the EFATO drill
State the Standard Approach configuration when flying
under asymmetric power conditions
Describe how to fly IAL procedures when asymmetric
Discuss the DA adjusting procedure
Duration 1.0

FT 85:
*
*
*
*
*

In the synthetic trainer;


Fly a SID
Conduct an EFIF drill
Fly an ILS, an NDB, and a VOR approach with overshoot
whilst asymmetric
Fly a DME arc for the ILS
Fly a navigation exercise
Duration 2.5

AF 85:

Debrief the FT as required


Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT-- CIR


TA'S 56,59,67,68,69,73,74,75,76,85,86,87,88,89,90.
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
IF
Standard 1 must be achieved in all elements by TA 90.
_____________________________________________________________________Elem
ent
Description
Standard
IR 1 Entry and holding pattern correctly flown +/- 100ft
IR 2 Tracking within +/- 5deg or half scale CDI deflection
IR 3 Altitude @ minima within +100ft, Minus Nil of minima
IR 4 Ident monitored, audio or flags below MSA
IR 5 Altitude checked at marker beacon, or DME distance
IR 6 Descent not below DME steps, or LSALT as appropriate
IR 7 Circling approach correctly flown visually
IR 8 EFATO handled correctly
IR 9 Engine failure in flight handled correctly
IR 10 Missed approach procedure correctly flown
IR 11 Cockpit resources used efficiently
IR 12 Orientation and situational awareness maintained
IR 13 Sound engine handling shown
IR 14 Sound command judgement displayed
IR 15 Traffic handled safely
IR 16 Instruments and navaids checked during taxi
IR 17 PTOSB covered all pertinent aspects
IR 18 Correct IFR procedures applied
IR 19 Turbulence penetration speed quoted
IR 20 AIP handling speeds observed for category
IR 21 Steep turns on instruments +/- 150ft of datum
IR 22 Limited Panel technique manoeuvring within +/- 200ft of datum
IR 23 Unusual Attitude recovery drills correctly applied.
Achievement Standards Applicable to this Phase:
Standard 1: To IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 2: Not consistently to IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 3: Element under training
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 86: Nav 37: IFR Consolidation.


GT 86:

Revise the following sections online for exam revision,


using Review Mode.

Chap 7, Sec 8a/8b Performance & Operations


*
Advanced Takeoff & Landing Performance Parts 1/2
*
P Charts
*
Factors affecting take off and landing
*
Ambient conditions
Duration 1.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 86: Nav 37: IFR Consolidation.


PFB 86:
*
*
*

The PFB is to include:


How to conduct the in-flight IFR diversion procedure
Discuss the route to be flown
Nominate the approaches to be flown
Duration 1.0

FT 86:
*
*
*

The FT is to include:
Fly the route as briefed
Conduct the nominated instrument approaches
Conduct a diversion IFR
Duration 3.0

AF 86:

Debrief the FT as required


Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT-- CIR


TA'S 56,59,67,68,69,73,74,75,76,85,86,87,88,89,90.
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
IF
Standard 1 must be achieved in all elements by TA 90.
_____________________________________________________________________Elem
ent
Description
Standard
IR 1 Entry and holding pattern correctly flown +/- 100ft
IR 2 Tracking within +/- 5deg or half scale CDI deflection
IR 3 Altitude @ minima within +100ft, Minus Nil of minima
IR 4 Ident monitored, audio or flags below MSA
IR 5 Altitude checked at marker beacon, or DME distance
IR 6 Descent not below DME steps, or LSALT as appropriate
IR 7 Circling approach correctly flown visually
IR 8 EFATO handled correctly
IR 9 Engine failure in flight handled correctly
IR 10 Missed approach procedure correctly flown
IR 11 Cockpit resources used efficiently
IR 12 Orientation and situational awareness maintained
IR 13 Sound engine handling shown
IR 14 Sound command judgement displayed
IR 15 Traffic handled safely
IR 16 Instruments and navaids checked during taxi
IR 17 PTOSB covered all pertinent aspects
IR 18 Correct IFR procedures applied
IR 19 Turbulence penetration speed quoted
IR 20 AIP handling speeds observed for category
IR 21 Steep turns on instruments +/- 150ft of datum
IR 22 Limited Panel technique manoeuvring within +/- 200ft of datum
IR 23 Unusual Attitude recovery drills correctly applied.
Achievement Standards Applicable to this Phase:
Standard 1: To IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 2: Not consistently to IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 3: Element under training
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 87: Synthetic Trainer10, IFR Nav 38:


Consolidation of IFR Procedures
GT 87:

Revise the following sections online for exam revision,


using Review Mode.

Chap 12, Sec 19 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)


*
Instrument Approach Charts Part 1
*
Typical Approach Chart
*
Met Minima
*
Circling Area Obstacle Clearance
Chap 12, Sec 20 Instrument Rating Theory Exam (IREX)
*
Instrument Approach Procedure Charts Part 2
*
Visual Review
*
MA Obstacle Clearance
*
Visual Segment
*
Handling Speeds
*
OCA
*
Operating/Landing Minima
*
Decent Gradient
*
Wind Effect
*
Bank Angle
Revise the following sections online for exam revision,
using Review Mode.
Chap 10, Sec 4. Advanced Flight Rules & Air Law
*
Flight Rules and Air Law
*
Flight and Duty Times
Chap 4, Sec 3.
*
*
*

Basic flight rules and air law.


Air Service operations
Checks to be carried out before flight
carriage of passengers

Chap 4, Sec 2.
*
*
*
*

Basic Flight Rules and air Law.


Flight rules and conditions of flight
Separation minima
Smoking and medical
Miscellaneous regulations

Duration 2.0 (approx)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 87: Synthetic Trainer10, IFR Nav 38:


Consolidation of IFR Procedures
PFB 87:
*
*
*
*
*

The PFB is to discuss:


The in-flight engine failure procedures and subsequent
actions.
Profiles and standard configurations for flying IAL
procedures whilst asymmetric
Reduced planning speeds when asymmetric
Describe the route
Nominate the approaches to be flown
Duration 1.0

FT 87:
*
*
*

In the synthetic trainer:


Practice engine failure drills are to be consolidated
Fly IAL procedures whilst asymmetric
Fly the route briefed
Duration 2.5

AF 87:

Debrief the FT as required

Duration 0.4
NOTE:

The trainee has completed study and revision and


should be capable of attempting the IREX

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT-- CIR


TA'S 56,59,67,68,69,73,74,75,76,85,86,87,88,89,90.
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
IF
Standard 1 must be achieved in all elements by TA 90.
_____________________________________________________________________Elem
ent
Description
Standard
IR 1 Entry and holding pattern correctly flown +/- 100ft
IR 2 Tracking within +/- 5deg or half scale CDI deflection
IR 3 Altitude @ minima within +100ft, Minus Nil of minima
IR 4 Ident monitored, audio or flags below MSA
IR 5 Altitude checked at marker beacon, or DME distance
IR 6 Descent not below DME steps, or LSALT as appropriate
IR 7 Circling approach correctly flown visually
IR 8 EFATO handled correctly
IR 9 Engine failure in flight handled correctly
IR 10 Missed approach procedure correctly flown
IR 11 Cockpit resources used efficiently
IR 12 Orientation and situational awareness maintained
IR 13 Sound engine handling shown
IR 14 Sound command judgement displayed
IR 15 Traffic handled safely
IR 16 Instruments and navaids checked during taxi
IR 17 PTOSB covered all pertinent aspects
IR 18 Correct IFR procedures applied
IR 19 Turbulence penetration speed quoted
IR 20 AIP handling speeds observed for category
IR 21 Steep turns on instruments +/- 150ft of datum
IR 22 Limited Panel technique manoeuvring within +/- 200ft of datum
IR 23 Unusual Attitude recovery drills correctly applied.
Achievement Standards Applicable to this Phase:
Standard 1: To IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 2: Not consistently to IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 3: Element under training
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 88: Nav 39, IFR Airways Procedures and


Consolidation of Instrument Approaches
GT 88:

Not programmed.

PFB 88:

* An IFR flight incorporating all elements likely to be


encountered in the Instrument Rating flight test is to be
briefed.
* Quiz the trainee on theory topics likely to be covered
during the Instrument Rating flight test
Duration 1.0

FT 88:

Conduct an IFR flight to assess the trainee's readiness


to attempt a flight test as programmed.
Duration 3.0

AF 88:

Debrief the FT as required

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT-- CIR


TA'S 56,59,67,68,69,73,74,75,76,85,86,87,88,89,90.
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
IF
Standard 1 must be achieved in all elements by TA 90.
_____________________________________________________________________Elem
ent
Description
Standard
IR 1 Entry and holding pattern correctly flown +/- 100ft
IR 2 Tracking within +/- 5deg or half scale CDI deflection
IR 3 Altitude @ minima within +100ft, Minus Nil of minima
IR 4 Ident monitored, audio or flags below MSA
IR 5 Altitude checked at marker beacon, or DME distance
IR 6 Descent not below DME steps, or LSALT as appropriate
IR 7 Circling approach correctly flown visually
IR 8 EFATO handled correctly
IR 9 Engine failure in flight handled correctly
IR 10 Missed approach procedure correctly flown
IR 11 Cockpit resources used efficiently
IR 12 Orientation and situational awareness maintained
IR 13 Sound engine handling shown
IR 14 Sound command judgement displayed
IR 15 Traffic handled safely
IR 16 Instruments and navaids checked during taxi
IR 17 PTOSB covered all pertinent aspects
IR 18 Correct IFR procedures applied
IR 19 Turbulence penetration speed quoted
IR 20 AIP handling speeds observed for category
IR 21 Steep turns on instruments +/- 150ft of datum
IR 22 Limited Panel technique manoeuvring within +/- 200ft of datum
IR 23 Unusual Attitude recovery drills correctly applied.
Achievement Standards Applicable to this Phase:
Standard 1: To IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 2: Not consistently to IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 3: Element under training
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 89: Synthetic Trainer 11, Nav 40:


Rehearsal for the Flight Test.
GT89: Review the reverse sides of the application forms for the
Commercial Pilot Licence and the Instrument Rating
and study the Ground topic areas.
Duration 1.0 (approx)
PFB89:
*

The briefing is to:


Discuss the consolidation of IFR procedures on a route
typical for a flight test .
Duration 1.0

FT 89:

Conduct an IFR flight as briefed under simulated flight test


conditions

Duration 2.5
AF89:

Debrief the FT as required

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT-- CIR


TA'S 56,59,67,68,69,73,74,75,76,85,86,87,88,89,90.
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
IF
Standard 1 must be achieved in all elements by TA 90.
_____________________________________________________________________Elem
ent
Description
Standard
IR 1 Entry and holding pattern correctly flown +/- 100ft
IR 2 Tracking within +/- 5deg or half scale CDI deflection
IR 3 Altitude @ minima within +100ft, Minus Nil of minima
IR 4 Ident monitored, audio or flags below MSA
IR 5 Altitude checked at marker beacon, or DME distance
IR 6 Descent not below DME steps, or LSALT as appropriate
IR 7 Circling approach correctly flown visually
IR 8 EFATO handled correctly
IR 9 Engine failure in flight handled correctly
IR 10 Missed approach procedure correctly flown
IR 11 Cockpit resources used efficiently
IR 12 Orientation and situational awareness maintained
IR 13 Sound engine handling shown
IR 14 Sound command judgement displayed
IR 15 Traffic handled safely
IR 16 Instruments and navaids checked during taxi
IR 17 PTOSB covered all pertinent aspects
IR 18 Correct IFR procedures applied
IR 19 Turbulence penetration speed quoted
IR 20 AIP handling speeds observed for category
IR 21 Steep turns on instruments +/- 150ft of datum
IR 22 Limited Panel technique manoeuvring within +/- 200ft of datum
IR 23 Unusual Attitude recovery drills correctly applied.
Achievement Standards Applicable to this Phase:
Standard 1: To IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 2: Not consistently to IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 3: Element under training
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 90: Nav 41,IFR Consolidation at Night


GT90:

Compile the CPL Achievement Record.

PFB90:

The PFB is to indicate that the final assessment of all Units


of Competency will be made during this flight.
The readiness of the trainee to attempt the flight test
will be confirmed.
Brief the route and approach requirements

*
*

Duration 1.0
FT 90:

Conduct the flight as briefed

Duration 2.0
AF 90:

Debrief the FT as required

Duration 0.4

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT-- CIR


TA'S 56,59,67,68,69,73,74,75,76,85,86,87,88,89,90.
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
IF
Standard 1 must be achieved in all elements by TA 90.
_____________________________________________________________________Elem
ent
Description
Standard
IR 1 Entry and holding pattern correctly flown +/- 100ft
IR 2 Tracking within +/- 5deg or half scale CDI deflection
IR 3 Altitude @ minima within +100ft, Minus Nil of minima
IR 4 Ident monitored, audio or flags below MSA
IR 5 Altitude checked at marker beacon, or DME distance
IR 6 Descent not below DME steps, or LSALT as appropriate
IR 7 Circling approach correctly flown visually
IR 8 EFATO handled correctly
IR 9 Engine failure in flight handled correctly
IR 10 Missed approach procedure correctly flown
IR 11 Cockpit resources used efficiently
IR 12 Orientation and situational awareness maintained
IR 13 Sound engine handling shown
IR 14 Sound command judgement displayed
IR 15 Traffic handled safely
IR 16 Instruments and navaids checked during taxi
IR 17 PTOSB covered all pertinent aspects
IR 18 Correct IFR procedures applied
IR 19 Turbulence penetration speed quoted
IR 20 AIP handling speeds observed for category
IR 21 Steep turns on instruments +/- 150ft of datum
IR 22 Limited Panel technique manoeuvring within +/- 200ft of datum
IR 23 Unusual Attitude recovery drills correctly applied.
Achievement Standards Applicable to this Phase:
Standard 1: To IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 2: Not consistently to IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 3: Element under training
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 91: Flight Test CP (A) L

Duration 2.5

FLIGHT TRAINING ASSESSMENT-- CIR


TA'S 56,59,67,68,69,73,74,75,76,85,86,87,88,89,90.
DATE
AIRCRAFT
HOURS FLOWN TODAY:
DUAL
SOLO
IF
Standard 1 must be achieved in all elements by TA 90.
_____________________________________________________________________Elem
ent
Description
Standard
IR 1 Entry and holding pattern correctly flown +/- 100ft
IR 2 Tracking within +/- 5deg or half scale CDI deflection
IR 3 Altitude @ minima within +100ft, Minus Nil of minima
IR 4 Ident monitored, audio or flags below MSA
IR 5 Altitude checked at marker beacon, or DME distance
IR 6 Descent not below DME steps, or LSALT as appropriate
IR 7 Circling approach correctly flown visually
IR 8 EFATO handled correctly
IR 9 Engine failure in flight handled correctly
IR 10 Missed approach procedure correctly flown
IR 11 Cockpit resources used efficiently
IR 12 Orientation and situational awareness maintained
IR 13 Sound engine handling shown
IR 14 Sound command judgement displayed
IR 15 Traffic handled safely
IR 16 Instruments and navaids checked during taxi
IR 17 PTOSB covered all pertinent aspects
IR 18 Correct IFR procedures applied
IR 19 Turbulence penetration speed quoted
IR 20 AIP handling speeds observed for category
IR 21 Steep turns on instruments +/- 150ft of datum
IR 22 Limited Panel technique manoeuvring within +/- 200ft of datum
IR 23 Unusual Attitude recovery drills correctly applied.
Achievement Standards Applicable to this Phase:
Standard 1: To IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 2: Not consistently to IR-C-ME(A) standard
Standard 3: Element under training
_____________________________________________________________________
COMMENTS:

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

TA 92: Flight Test IR C ME (A)

Duration 2.5

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd 2001-2004. All rights reserved

PILOT THEORY
WORKSHEET HANDBOOK
2004

Page 2 of 97

Appendix 1
Engines & Systems - Maintenance, Airworthiness and Equipment - Permissable
Maintenance

MAINTENANCE THAT MAY BE CARRIED OUT ON A CLASS B AIRCRAFT


BY A PILOT ENTITLED TO DO SO UNDER SUB-REGULATION 42ZC(4)

1.Removal or installation of landing gear tyres, but only if the removal or installation does not involve the complete
jacking of the aircraft.
2.Repair of pneumatic tubes of landing gear tyres.
3.Servicing of landing gear wheel bearings.
4.Replacement of defective safety wiring or split pins, but not including wiring or pins in control systems.
5.Removal or refitting of a door, but only if
(a)no disassembly of the primary structure or operating system of the aircraft is involved; and
(b)if the aircraft is to be operated with the door removed - the aircraft has a flight manual and the flight manual
indicates that the aircraft may be operated with the door removed.
6.Replacement of side windows in an unpressurised aircraft.
7.Replacement of seats, but only if the replacement does not involve disassembly of any part of the primary structure
of the aircraft.
8.Repairs to the upholstery or decorative furnishings of the interior of the cabin or cockpit.
9.Replacement of seat belts or harnesses.
10.Replacement or repair of signs and markings.
11.Replacement of bulbs, reflectors, glasses, lenses or lights.
12.Replacement, cleaning, or setting gaps of, spark plugs.
13.Replacement of batteries.
14.Changing oil filters or air filters.
15.Changing or replenishing engine oil or fuel.
16.Lubrication not requiring disassembly or requiring only the removal of non-structural parts, or of cover plates,
cowlings and fairings.
17.Replenishment of hydraulic fluid.
18.Application of preservative or protective materials, but only if no disassembly of the primary structure or operating
system of the aircraft is involved.
19.Removal or replacement of equipment used for agricultural purposes.
20.Removal or replacement of glider tow hooks.
21.Carrying out of an inspection under regulation 42G of a flight control system that has been assembled, adjusted,
repaired, modified or replaced.
22.Carrying out of a daily inspection of an aircraft.
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 3 of 97

Appendix 2a
Engines & Systems - Maintenance, Airworthiness and Equipment - Airworthiness
and Equipment

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 4 of 97

Appendix 2b
Engines & Systems - Maintenance, Airworthiness and Equipment - Airworthiness
and Equipment

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 5 of 97

Appendix 3
Basic Flight Rules & Air Law - Emergencies & Seach and Rescue - Accidents and
Incidents

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 6 of 97

Appendix 4
Navigation - Time - Conversion Between Types of Time

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 7 of 97

Appendix 5
Navigation - Flight Planning - DFN
Advanced Flight Rules & Air Law - Flight Planning - DFN
DOMESTIC FLIGHT NOTIFICATION PLAN

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 8 of 97

Appendix 6
Performance & Operations - Basic Take-off and Landing Performance

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 9 of 97

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 10 of 97

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 11 of 97

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 12 of 97

Appendix 7
Advanced Flight Rules & Air Law - Flight & Duty - Flight Time Limitations - Rest Time

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 13 of 97

Appendix 8
Instrument Rating Theory - IFR Charts Introduction

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 14 of 97

Appendix 9a
Standard Instrument, Radar Departure & Arrival Routes - Procedural

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 15 of 97

Appendix 9b
Standard Instrument, Radar Departure & Arrival Routes - Radar

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 16 of 97

Appendix 9c
Standard Instrument, Radar Departure and Arrival Routes - STAR Charts

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 17 of 97

Appendix 10
Instrument Approach Procedure, Radar Departure & Arrival Routes - Radar

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 18 of 97

Appendix 11
Instrument Approach Procedure, Radar Departure & Arrival Routes - Radar
SECTION ONE of INSTRUMENT RATING THEORY covers the Civil Aviation Safety Authority of
Australias Syllabus. To review this information select the text button and scroll through the relevant
pages.
CASA SYLLABUS
(Includes AIP BOOK AL32 29 November 2001)
(AIP SUP 1 November 2001)
References AIP BOOK GEN & ENR given as sections and paragraphs.
References CAO given as sections and paragraphs.
Candidates may refer to AIP (complete, including ERSA) and Parts 20 to 95.2 of the Civil Aviation
Orders during the written examination. However, the candidate should be aware that time
constraints in the written examination may be such that automatic recall of many items will be
required to complete the examination in the time allowed. The items recommended for recall are
annotated with an asterisk.
A knowledge of Australian climatology as enumerated in the Bureau of Meteorology publication
Manual of Meteorology, Parts 1 and 2, is assumed. The seasonal variations in the location and
frequency of the following phenomena are emphasised
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)

frontal weather
tropical cyclones
dust devils
thunderstorms
jetstreams
fog

Publications Required
To follow this course and sit the examination the following publications will be required
Civil Aviation Orders Part 20 to 95.2
CAAP 234-1(0)
AIP Book
AIP Sup
DAPS - East & West
ERSA
ERC(L) L1 to L8
TAC 1 to 4
AUS PCA
Commonly used abbreviations which are not in the AIP
PIC
Pilot in Command
ICUS
In Command Under Supervision
OBS
Omni Bearing Selector
OBI
Omni Bearing Indicator
CDI
Course Deviator Indicator or Indication

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 19 of 97
SYLLABUS OF TRAINING FOR THE INSTRUMENT RATING AIRCRAFT
(NOTE The items that you should know without looking up are annotated with an asterisk.)
AERONAUTICAL KNOWLEDGE
1. Determine the action necessary to obtain the meteorological documentation required by AIP
for a
flight to any aerodrome in Australia.
2.

Use any meteorological document specified in AIP. to determine the feasibility of an I.F.R.
flight in accordance with the requirements of AIP ENR 1.1. All requirements are to be
considered
either singly or in combination at candidates initiative.
*3. Given air temperature in clear air or in cloud, determine approximate height of freezing level,
using a temperature lapse rate of 3 degrees Celsius per 1000 feet in clear air and 1.5 degrees
Celsius in cloud.
*4. Given pilot observations, either in clear air or in cloud, of any one or more of the following
phenomena - turbulence, precipitation, temperature, cloud type - predict the probability and
likely
duration of(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
*5.

airframe icing;
hail;
micro bursts and wind shear; and
turbulence (including CAT)

Use GPWT wind velocity data to


- Predict the probability of CAT
- Identify forecast jet streams

*6. Recall the flying conditions likely to be associated with any phenomenon listed in
meteorological
documents enumerated in AIP GEN 3-5. Flying conditions are defined as the descriptions
given
in Manual of Meteorology, Part 2.
7.

List the information provided by the Volmet service as detailed in AIP.

8.

For any radio navigation aid in the following list


NDB/ADF
GPS
ILS
LLZ
VOR
(a) understand the principles of operation, indications and limitations of the navigation
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

aid; and

Page 20 of 97

(b) extract from AIP


(i)

the rated coverage of the radio navigation aids considering aircraft location, altitude
and time of day; and

(ii) pilot navigation tolerances as specified in AIP ENR 1.1.17


*9. For NDB bearings
(a) predict the sense of the error caused by coastal refraction
(b) recall the fact that thunderstorms may cause unreliable
bearings; and
(c) recall indications of station passage.
*10. For VOR bearings
(a) recall the cockpit indications of scalloping; and
(b) recall the indications of station passage.
*11. Give heading and relative NDB bearings
(a) calculate track to and from the NDB;
(b) fix position given relative bearings of two stations;
(c) calculate drift relative to planned track;
(d) calculate T.E.
(e) calculate the relative bearing which will indicate the aircraft is
abeam a station;
(f)

calculate the relative bearing which will indicate that a


desired track to or from an NDB has been intercepted, given
the intercept heading; and

(g) calculate the heading to steer to intercept desired inbound


track before reaching the NDB.
12. State the VOR radial the aircraft is on given appropriate cockpit
instrument Indications including course needle indications of up
to four dots from central.
13. State VOR OBS settings required to provide command indications
when flying on given tracks both to and from the VOR.
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 21 of 97
14. Fix position, given cockpit instrument indications utilising VOR
and NDB stations.
15. State the instrument indications showing that the aircraft is abeam
the VOR on a given track.
16. Calculate the heading to steer to intercept track to or from a VOR,
given original heading and progressive instrument indications
showing that the aircraft is drifting away from the desired track.
17. Fix position, given instrument indications utilising a DME and either
NDB or VOR.
18. Recall the prohibition on the operation of aircraft radar equipment
within 37m or 60m of refuelling equipment, persons or cargo, other
aircraft and hangars, as specified in Civil Aviation Orders.
19. Plan I.F.R. flights between any aerodromes in Australia.
(a)

The following factors are to be considered

(I)

pilot qualifications
-fitness, CAO section 48.0, paragraph 1.4;
-and recent experience CAO section 40.2.1,
subsections 11 and 14.

(ii)

aircraft certification
-limitations on I.F.R. flight as specified in the flight
manual.

(iii)

airways operational requirements as specified in


-AIP and
-CAOs.

(b)

The following concepts are emphasised

(i)

whether or not the flight may proceed is to be determined


by the pilot on his or her own initiative

(ii)

route selection limitations


- as specified in AIP ENR and ERSA;
- LSALT and freezing level; and
- LSALT and engine out aircraft performance;

(iii)

determination of LSALT for routes not shown in AIP MAP

(iv)

table of cruising levels;

(v)

alternate aerodrome requirements


AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

(vi)

Page 22 of 97

weather
navigation aids;
lighting (including personnel in attendance requirements);
availability of weather reports; and
divert time.

holding requirements
- weather and
- traffic;

(vii)

NGT V.F.R. planned on last route segment


- pilot night recency requirements; and
- alternate requirements;

(viii)

airways clearance requirements;

(ix)

determination of take-off criteria including departures


from aerodromes without navigation aids and MET
minima in the event of an engine failure after take-off.

(c)

Candidates will be permitted access to

(i)

AIP;

(ii)

CAOs;

(iii)

MET documentation;

(iv)

NOTAM and AIP SUP;

(iv)

operational requirements specified by ATC, ie. holding


and alternates requirements;

(vi)

aircraft speeds;

(vii)

aircraft endurance; and

(viii)

aircraft limitations on I.F.R flight as specified in the flight


manual.

20. Conduct an I.F.R. flight anywhere in Australia in accordance with airways operations
procedures
as detailed in AIP, DAP and ERSA. Particular emphasis is given to
(a) ATC clearances
(b) operation of aircraft transponders;
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 23 of 97
(c) departure procedures;
(I) SID;
(ii) OCTA, CTR and GAAP;
(iii) establishing outbound track, including LSALT, traffic
and reporting considerations;
(iv) validity of flight plan; and
(v) procedures in the event of loss of radio communication;
(d) climb and cruise procedures;
(i)

changes of level including altimetry; and

(ii)

amended estimates.

(e) approach and landing procedures;


(I)

CTA, CTR and GAAP;

(ii)

visual approach procedures;

(iv)

procedures in the event of loss of radio communications


and NDB IDENT;

(iv)

cancellation of SAR;

(v)

landing manoeuvres OCTA;

(vi)

V.M.C. separation procedures for I.F.R. flight under GAAP;

(vii)

operation of VHF aerodrome lighting (PAL);

(viii)

minimum fuel requirements; and

(ix)

Minimum descent altitude in Class G airspace;

*21. Recall the privileges and limitations conferred by instrument ratings detailed in sub section
13 CAO 40-2.1.
*22. Identify the documents required to be carried on an I.F.R. flight.
*23. Recall the minimum obstacle clearance criteria for a missed approach as specified in AIP.
*24. Recall the conditions under which an aircraft may descend below minimum safe altitude as
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

detailed in AIP.

Page 24 of 97

*25. Recall the circumstances in which a missed approach must be executed.


*26. Recall the obstacle clearance provided by the minimum circling altitude for I.F.R. aircraft as
defined in IAL, both day and night.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Appendix 12
Meteorology - Analysis Interpretation

Page 25 of 97

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 26 of 97

Appendix 13
Instrument Rating Theory - Typical Instrument Approach Chart

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 27 of 97

Appendix 14
Instrument Rating Theory - Legend of Instrument Approach Charts

Appendix 15
Instrument Rating Theory - Grid Point Forecasts (Grid on following page)
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 28 of 97

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 29 of 97

Appendix 15
Basic Aeroplane Knowledge - Aeroplane Endorsement
Questionaire
General Aircraft Data
1.

a) What is the make, type and model of the aeroplane?


b) (b) In which category (categories) is the aeroplane permitted to fly?

Airspeed Limitation
2. List the applicable Airspeed for the aeroplane type
(a) VNO;
VMAX X/W;
VA (design manoeuvre speed);
VX (best climb angle);
Turbulence penetration speed;
VS;
VY (best climb rate);
VFE (flap extension speed);
VLO1 (ldg operation-up);
VLO2 (ldg gear operation-down);
VLE (ldg gear operation extended);
VNE;
(b) Maximum landing light operating speed;
(c) Maximum load factor (flaps up) is +___g and - ___g; and
(d) Maximum load factor (flaps down) is +___g and -___g.
Emergency Procedures
3. Detail the emergency procedures for the following situations if applicable
a) Engine fire on the ground;
(b) Engine failure after take off;
(c) Engine fire airborne;
(d) Engine failure in the cruise;
(e) Electrical fire on the ground;
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

(f) Electrical fire in flight;

Page 30 of 97

(g) Cabin fire in flight;


(h) Rapid depressurisation;
(i) Waste gate failure;
(j) Emergency undercarriage extension procedure;
(k) The optimum glide speed for the aeroplane is ___knts; and
(l) Propeller overspeed.
Normal Procedures
4. State, describe or detail
(a) The start sequence for cold and hot starts;
(b) The RPM used for checking
(i) the ignition system;
(ii) the propeller governing system (if applicable); and
(iii) the carburettor heat;
(c) The maximum RPM drop and RPM differential between magnetos when checking the
ignition switches
(d) The use of cowl flaps if fitted;
(e) The climb power setting, IAS and fuel flow;
(f) A typical 65% power setting, TAS and fuel flow at 5000ft pressure height;
(g) Using the aeroplane flight manual or POH, calculate the endurance for the aeroplane at 5000ft
AMSL (ISA) with 65% power set; and
(h) How the mixture is leaned out in the cruise.
Weight and Balance, and Performance
5

(a) Specify the correct values of


(i) the maximum ramp weight;
(ii) the maximum take-off weight;
(iii) the maximum landing weight;
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 31 of 97
(iv) the maximum Zero fuel weight
(v) the max. number of adult persons on board (POB);
(vi) the maximum baggage weight; and
(vii) the maximum fuel which can be carried with a full load of adult passengers
baggage weight;
(b)

(i) do any of the weight limitations in (i) to (vii) vary from category to category?
(ii) if so, what are the weight limitations of each category?
(iii) Using the aeroplane flight manual, and a typical loading problem posed by the
endoser, determine the take-off weight and balance solution (maximum take-off
weight C of G position), the amount of fuel that can be carried and the endurance;
(iv) Calculate the take-off distance required at maximum take-off weight, 2500 ft
AMSL and OAT 30degC; and
(v) The minimum landing distance at maximum landing weight for the conditions at
(iv).

Fuel System, Fuel and Fluids -

6. State or describe/sketch for the aircraft above


(a) The correct grade of fuel;
(b) Any approved alternate fuel;
(c) The location of fuel tanks and drain points;
(d) The total and usable fuel in each tank;
(e) The position of the fuel tank vents;
(f) Whether the engine has a carburettor fuel injection system;
(g) If applicable, the priming system and its use;
(h) location of the fuel boost/auxiliary pump and when it should be used;
(i) What conditions apply to tank selection for take off, landing and cruise;
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 32 of 97
(j) When refuelling to less than full tanks, what restrictions apply and how is the quantity
checked;
(k) If applicable, the minimum and normal hydraulic fluid capacity;
(l) The correct grade of oil for the aeroplane;
(m) The minimum oil quantity before flight;
(n) The maximum quantity of oil; and
(o) The maximum, minimum and normal engine oil pressures.
Engine and Propeller Details
7. Answer the following
(a) What is the make/model of the engine?
(b) What is the power output, and number of cylinders?
(c) What is the take-off power setting and time limit?
(d) What is the Maximum Continuous power?
(e) Is the engine supercharged or turbo-charged?
(f) What is the maximum MAP permitted?
(g) If turbo-charged, what
(i) is the type of waste gate fitted (Fixed, Manual or )?
(ii) is the procedure for operating the waste gate?
(iii) prevents the engine from being overboosted
(h) If Supercharged, what
(i) prevents the engine from being overboosted
(ii) controls the MAP in the climb/descent?
(i) Describe the propeller governing system.
(j) If the oil pressure to the propeller dome is lost, does the propeller go into coarse or fine pitch?
Airframe
8.

(a) What type is the undercarriage system (fixed/retractable/tricycle/conventional)?


(b) Which control surfaces can be trimmed?
(c) Describe the flap actuating system.
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 33 of 97
(d) Describe the flap indicating system.
(e) What is the flap operating range?
(f) Sketch the location of all exits.
(g) Describe/sketch the location of the
(i) landing/taxi lights;
(ii) fresh air intakes;and
(iii) fuel caps;
(h) What is the wing span of the aeroplane?
Ancillary Systems
9. Answer the following questions
(a) What systems are hydraulically operated?
(b) What procedures are followed when a hydraulic system
failure is suspected?
(c) How many brake applications would be expected from a full pressurised brake
accumulator ( if applicable)?
(d) What are the sources of electrical power?
(e) What is the DC system voltage?
(f) Can an external power source be used? If so, what is the procedure?
(g) Where are the battery and external power receptacle located?
(h) How long can the battery supply emergency power?
(i) Following an alternator/generator failure in flight, which non-essential electrical services
should be switched off?
(j) If a stall warning device is fitted, is it electrical or mechanical?
(k) How is the cockpit ventilated?
(l) How is the cockpit heated?
(m) If a fuel burning heater is installed, describe the method used to turn the heater on and
off and detail any limitations.
(n) What is the fuel consumption of the heater?
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 34 of 97
(o) Describe the pressurisation system (if applicable); and
(p) Show the location of the following safety equipment
(i) Fire extinguisher;
(ii) ELT;
(iii) Torches
(iv) Survival equipment; and
(v) First aid kit
Flight Instruments
10. Answer the following questions
(a) Where are the pitot head(s), static vent(s) and any water drain points for the pitot/static
system located?
(b) Is there a pitot heatsystem fitted?
(c) Is there an alternate static source fitted? - if so
(i) where is this located?
(ii) what is the purpose of this system?
(iii) if used, what effect does this have on the pressure instruments?
(d) Which flight instruments are operated electrically?
(e) Which flight instruments are gyroscopically operated?
(f) Which instruments are operation by vacuum?

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 35 of 97

Appendix 16
Performance and Operation Aerodromes
Diagram 1

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Diagram 2

Page 36 of 97

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 37 of 97

Appendix 17
Performance and Operations Fuel and Payload Calculations

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Worksheet 1

Page 38 of 97

METEOROLOGY - ANALYSIS INTERPRETATION


Use the Map on screen (also located at Appendix 12) to complete the following excersises
Identify Pressure Feature at:
1. "A"
2. "B"
3. "C"
4. "C-D"
5. "E-F"
6. "A-G"
7. "J-H"

Determine MSL Pressure at:


8. Brisbane
9. Pt. Hedland
10. Sydney
11. Hobart

Estimate Surface Winds at:


12. Adelaide
13. Pt Hedland
14. Alice Springs
15. Sydney
16. Melbourne

Match the following METAR with a location on the map


17. TTF METAR XXX 0230Z 03060KT 999 FEW035 13/02 Q1027 RMK RF00.0/000.0 NOSIG
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 39 of 97
18. TTF SPECI YYYY 0315Z 27025G35 CAVOK 14/MO3 Q1004 RMK RF00.0/000.0 FM0315 MOD TURB BLW
5000FT

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 40 of 97

Worksheet 2a

NAVIGATION - FUNDAMENTALS
Variation calculations
TR(T) 340deg Var 15W TR(M) 355
TR(T) 005deg Var 10E

TR(M) ..........

TR(M) 009deg Var 11E

TR(T) ..........

TR(M) 350deg Var 12W TR(T) ..........

Worksheet 2b

NAVIGATION - FUNDAMENTALS
Compass Correction Card
FOR
010 055 110 170 240 330
STEER 010 054 110 171 242 331
Note: "FOR" indicated HDG(M); "STEER" indicates HDG(C)
Examples:
HDG (M) 112

HDG (C) 112

HDG (M) 112

HDG (C) .........

HDG (C) 112

HDG (M) .........

HDG (C) 112

HDG (M) .........

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 41 of 97

Worksheet 3

NAVIGATION - FUNDAMENTALS
(1) Variation calculations
TR(T)

Var

TR(M)

(a)

248

13E

..........

(b)

359

9W

..........

(c)

..........

11E

009

(d)

003

.......

353

(e)

011

12E

..........

(2) Deviation calculations


Deviation correction card
FOR
000 040 085 140 170 230 280 330
STEER 359 038 084 140 171 232 281 330
(a) What HDG(C) would you steer for the following required HDG(M)?
(i)

070(M)

..........(C)

(ii)

243(M)

..........(C)

(iii)

089(M)

..........(C)

(iv)

351(M)

..........(C)

(b) What HDG(C) would you steer for the following required HDG(M)?
(i)

200(T)

Var 10E

..........(M)

..........(C)

(ii)

150(M)

Var 2W

..........(M)

..........(C)

(iii) 345(T)

Var 5E

..........(M)

..........(C)

(iv) 060(M)

Var 12E

..........(M)

..........(C)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 42 of 97

Worksheet 4

NAVIGATION - FLIGHT COMPUTER (PART ONE)


Conversions
FILL IN THE SPACES ..........
nm - km - nm
26 km =
651 nm =
58 nm =
2952 km =

..........nm
..........km
..........km
..........nm

nm - sm - nm
125 sm =
320 nm =
45 sm =
12 nm =

..........nm
..........sm
..........nm
..........sm

lbs - kg - lbs
15 lbs =
69 kg
=
296 lbs =
989 kg
=

..........kg
..........lbs
..........kg
..........lbs

ft - m - ft
296 ft
1200 m
4926 ft
5820 ft

=
=
=
=

..........m
..........ft
..........m
..........m

F - C - F
P45F
P39C
M14
M40C

=
=
=
=

..........C
...........F
..........F
..........F

USG - ltr -USG


261 ltr
=
28 USG =
326 ltr
=
152 USG =

.........USG
.........ltr
.........USG
.........ltr

USG - ImpG - USG


160 USG =
.........ImpG
94 ImpG =
.........USG
36 USG =
.........ImpG
120 ImpG =
.........USG
Volume - Weight - Volume (sg 0.72)

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

50 USG
108 lbs
36 USG
246 lbs

=
=
=
=

..........lbs
..........USG
..........lbs
..........USG

Page 43 of 97

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 44 of 97

Worksheet 5

NAVIGATION - NAVIGATION COMPUTER


Calculations
FILL IN THE SPACES ....
GS , Distance and Time
GS

Distance

Time

145

110

.........

131

.........

055

........

59

038

103

89

.........

........

43

016

174

.........

039

143

124

.........

Fuel flow, Fuel used and time


FF/HR

Fuel used

Time

36 ltr/hr

60 ltr

........

.....Gallons/hr

29 Gallons

152

15 Gallons/hr

.....Gallons

042

29 ltr/hr

.....ltr

116

72 ltrs/hr

19 ltrs

........

42 ltrs/hr

.....ltrs

212

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 45 of 97

Worksheet 6

NAVIGATION - NAVIGATION COMPUTER


Conversions
(1) Nm - km - nm
26 km = ..........nm
651 nm = ..........km
58 nm = ..........km
2952 km = ..........nm
(2) Lbs - kg - lbs
15 lbs = ...........kg
69 kg
= ...........lbs
296 lbs = ...........kg
989 kg
= ...........lbs
(3) Ft - m - ft
296 ft
=
1200 m
=
4926 ft
=
5820 ft
=
(4) F - C - F
P45 F
=
P39C
=
M14C
=
M40C
=

..........m
..........ft
..........m
..........m
..........C
..........F
..........F
..........F

(5) USG - ltr - USG


261 ltr
=
..........USG
28 USG =
..........ltr
326 ltr
=
..........USG
152 USG =
..........ltr
(6) Volume - Weight - Volume (sg 0.71)
252 ltr
=
..........kg
72 kg
=
..........ltr
50 USG =
..........kg
299 kg =
..........USG

Calculations
(1) G/S , Distance and Time
G/S

Distance

Time
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

145
131

110
.............

Page 46 of 97

.........
055

.......

59

038

103

89

.........

(2) Fuel flow, Fuel used and time


FF/HR

Fuel used

36 ltr

60 ltr

.....USG

29 USG

15 USG

....... USG

29 ltr

Time
........
152
042

.......ltr

116

(3) CAS - TAS


CAS

Altitude

Temp

TAS

95

3000

P14C

.......

135

10000

M03C

.......

165

14000

M12C

.......

135

17000

M22C

.......

(4) HDG and G/S


TR

W/V

TAS

HDG

G/S

262

300/30

155

.......

.......

035

300/40

122

.......

.......

350

340/50

148

.......

.......

189

155/45

115

.......

.......

063

330/50

96

.......

.......

125

107

.......

(5) Track and G/S


.......

060/25

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

.......

330/30

118

021

Page 47 of 97
.......

.......

180/45

100

205

.......

.......

360/20

138

056

.......

.......

020/50

210

318

.......

(6) Mixed wind problems


TR

W/V

TAS

HDG

G/S

237

300/30

115

.......

......

042

350/40

125

.......

......

139

............

130

148

152

163

230/15

105

.......

......

.......

060/25

125

107

......

088

120/35

155

.......

......

305

020/50

210

.......

......

222

180/40

100

.......

......

359

............

173

006

210

........

330/30

118

021

......

063

360/20

138

.......

......

131

150/50

185

.......

......

293

100/25

128

.......

......

313

..........

156

309

189

002

..........

196

358

138

(7) Head/tailwind and crosswind


R/W

W/V(M)

H/TWC

XWC

21

130/28

..........

........
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

34

058/32

..........

........

06

300/27

..........

........

29

310/52

..........

........

08

057/18

..........

........

Page 48 of 97

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 49 of 97

Worksheet 7
NAVIGATION - ALTIMETRY
Sub-scale

Ind Alt

QNH

Elev

(a) 1000

350

1020

........

(b) .........

780

1011

600

(c) 999

250

........

670

(d) 1032

........

1019

56

(e) 1006

139

.........

589

Worksheet 8
NAVIGATION - TIME
LMT
LONGITUDE

ARC

UTC

Correction

Local

Time

0506

14532 E

........

........

........

........

EST

1009

12049 E

........

........

........

........

WST

0236

13452 E

........

........

........

........

CST

........

14824 E

........

........

........

1128 ESumT

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 50 of 97

Worksheet 9
NAVIGATION - TIME
(1) Encode the following into date/time groups
(a) 24th 6.30 PM EST

.......................

(b) 1st 11.20 AM CST

.......................

(c) 2th May 1996 2.35 PM WST

.......................

(2) Decode the following date/time groups


(a) 111111 UTC

.......................

(b) 072359 EST

.......................

(c) 9508090405 WST

.......................

(3) Convert LMT to STD & v.v.


LMT

ARC

Longitude

UTC

STD COR

(a) 0642

.......

14342E

........

..............

(b) ........

.......

11836E

........

..............

(c) .......

.......

13921E

0239

STD TIME

..............

................ EST
0722

WST

................CSumT

(4) Calculate BOD/EOD UTC for the following locations


(a) Alice Springs (2349S 13354E) BOD on 23rd December.
(b)Kalgoorlie (3047S 12128E) EOD on 7th March.
(c)Hobart (4250S 14731E) on 21st June.
(5) Calculate the hours available for a VFR DAY flight from Mallacoota (3736S 14943E) to Port
Augusta (3231S 13743E) on 28th July.
(6) Calculate the latest ETD for a flight from Albury (3604S 14657E) to Devonport (4110S
14626E) on 25th December. The flight time is 2h13m. You plan to arrive 40 min before EOD
and there is an operational requirement for 30 min holding fuel.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 51 of 97

Worksheet 10

NAVIGATION - FUEL CALCULATIONS


(1) Calculate Flight Fuel
(a) Given
Distance 362 nm
FF
72 ltr/hr
G/S
138 kts
(b) Given
Distance 421 nm
FF
33 USG/hr
G/S
163 kts
(c) Given
Distance 591 nm
FF
130 kg/hr
G/S
198 kts
(2) Calculate the minimum fuel required
(a) For a charter flight
Given
Distance 412 nm
FF
78 ltr/hr
FR
50 ltr
S&T
12 ltr
G/S
141 kts
(b) For a private flight
Given
Distance 391 nm
FF
36 ltr/hr
FR
27 ltr
S&T
10 ltr
G/S
115 kts
(3) Complete the following Fuel Plans
Given
Cruise FF 28.0 USG/hr
Holding FF 17.2 USG/hr
FR
15.0 USG
S&T
3.0 USG
(a) Fuel Plan No. 7
No refuelling at '
B'& '
C'
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 52 of 97
(b) Fuel Plan No. 8
Carry minimum fuel. No refuelling at '
B'& '
C'
(c) Fuel Plan No. 9
Carry minimum fuel. No refuelling at '
C'
.
(d) Fuel Plan No. 10
Carry minimum fuel. No refuelling at '
B'
.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 53 of 97

Worksheet 11

NAVIGATION - NAVIGATION TECHNIQUE BASIC


1 in 60 Rule
Distance gone

Off track

TE

1.

25

3L

.....

2.

42

3R

.....

3.

17

3R

.....

4.

49

7L

.....

5.

89

16R

.....

HDG to parallel track


HDG

Distance gone

Off track

TE

A/H

New HDG

6.

164

48

3L

.....

.......

.......

7.

358

23

2R

.....

.......

.......

8.

061

33

5R

.....

.......

.......

9.

179

55

4L

.....

.......

.......

10. 238

21

3L

.....

.......

.......

HDG to regain track (TE + CA method)


HDG

Dist
gone

Off
TR

Dist
to go

TE

CA

A/H

New
HDG

On
A/H

11.

040

38

4L

25

.....

.....

.....

.....

.....

.....

12.

199

75

5R

40

.....

.....

.....

.....

.....

.....

13.

341

41

6R

70

.....

.....

.....

.....

.....

.....

14.

211

52

4R

21

.....

.....

.....

.....

.....

.....

15.

020

28

3L

35

.....

.....

.....

.....

.....

.....

In flight problems
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

regaining
HDG

Page 54 of 97
Calculate the average G/S to a pinpoint, given
16. Distance gone 42 nm in 23 min.
17. Distance gone 29 nm in 36 min.
18. Distance gone 72 nm in 29 min.
Calculate TMG from a pinpoint, given
19. REQ TR 220 off track 4L distance gone 40 nm.

TE.....

TMG.....

20. REQ TR 318 off track 3R distance gone 20 nm. TE.....

TMG.....

21. REQ TR 079 off track 5R distance gone 35 nm.

TMG.....

TE.....

Calculate the drift, given


22. REQ TR 028

HDG 035

TMG 030

DR.....

23. REQ TR 171

HDG 168

TMG 173

DR.....

24. REQ TR 303

HDG 300

TMG 301

DR.....

Calculate TMG, given


25. REQ TR 119

HDG 120

DR 4R

TMG.....

26. REQ TR 203

HDG 195

DR 10R

TMG.....

27. REQ TR 045

HDG 060

DR 5L

TMG.....

Worksheet 12

NAVIGATION - FLIGHT PLANNING


Examples
CRZ HT

AD Elev

Level-off

Ht Desc

Time

G/S

ROD fpm

9500 ft

500 ft

1000 ft AGL

.........

.........

120

500

7500 ft

50 ft

1500 ft AGL

.........

13min

90

.........

1480 ft

1000 ft AGL

.........

30min

110

.........

14500 ft

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 55 of 97

Worksheet 13

NAVIGATION - FLIGHT PLANNING


CP & PNR
(1) Calculation of G/S
(a) TR '
O'143

TAS 150

W/V 180/50

G/S '
O'..........

G/S '
H'..........

(b) TR '
O'258

TAS 100

W/V 020/40

G/S '
O'..........

G/S '
H'..........

(c) TR '
O'031

TAS 130

W/V 120/45

G/S '
O'..........

G/S '
H'..........

(d) TR '
O'311

TAS 140

W/V 060/35

G/S '
O'..........

G/S '
H'..........

(2) Calculate CP distance and time


(a) Total Dist 382 nm TAS 165

WC out 45H (no drift)

CP dist .......... CP time ..........


(b) Total dist 203 nm TAS 130

TR '
O'145 W/V 090/50

CP dist .......... CP time ..........


(c) Total dist 406 nm TAS 130

WC '
O'40T WC '
H'50H

CP dist .......... CP time ..........


(d) Total dist 496 nm TAS 155

TR '
O'228 W/V 130/40

CP dist .......... CP time ..........


(e) Total dist 312 nm TAS 125

TR '
O'060 W/V 090/50

CP dist .......... CP time ..........


(f) Total dist 425 nm TAS 190

TR '
O'220 W/V 300/40

CP dist .......... CP time ..........

(3) Calculate the fuel available for a PNR


(a) S&T 8 kg

FR 41 kg

FOB at start 350 kg

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 56 of 97

PNR fuel ..........


(b) S&T 3 USG

FR 15 USG

FOB at T/O 97 USG

PNR fuel ..........


(c) S&T 15 lt

FR 60 ltr

FOB at start 600 ltr

PNR fuel ..........


(4) Calculate PNR distance and time
Dist

TAS

PNR Fuel

FF

(a) 490

180

280 ltr

65 LPH

335

190/30

..........

..........

(b) 429

155

255 ltr

45 LPH

023

320/20

..........

..........

(c) 520

175

..........

..........

(d) 550

160

360 ltr

58 LPH

085

050/30

..........

..........

(e) 320

130

150 ltr

36 LPH

192

250/50

..........

..........

(f) 425

190

SE 230 min

..........

..........

SE 4.2 hrs

TR '
O'

W/V

WC '
O'25T (no drift)

WC '
O'30H (no drift)

PNR dist

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

PNR time

Page 57 of 97

Worksheet 14

NAVIGATION - NAVIGATION TECHNIQUE - ADVANCED


Basic and advanced alterations of heading
1. You are 4 nm right of track in 17 minutes, the distance gone since setting heading (S/H) is 35
nm. Using double track error method calculate
(a) A/H (L or R) to regain track.
(b) Time to regain track.
(c) Subsequent alteration (L or R) when track regained.
2. You set heading 164 (M) at 0642. You find yourself 5 nm left of track at 0653. The distance
gone since 0642 is 43 nm. Calculate
(a) HDG to regain track at 0704.
(b) New HDG once track regained.
3. You S/H 049 (M). After a distance gone of 52 nm you are 7 nm right of track. The distance to
go to the turning point (TP) is 43 nm. Determine the new HDG to reach the TP.
4. You S/H 358 (M). After 38 nm you are 3 nm left of track.
nm. Determine the new HDG.

The distance to go to the TP is 28

5. After S/H you are 4 nm right of track having covered a distance of 39 nm.
what further distance will your track be intercepted?

You A/H 9L.

At

6. You are 5 nm left of track and A/H on to 225 (M). After a further 45 nm you discover that you
are now 3 nm right of track! The distance to go to the TP is 27 nm.
Calculate the new HDG to the TP.
7. You are 3 nm right of track and A/H on to 002 (M). After a further 33 nm you find that you are
1 nm right of track and still have 22 nm to go to the TP. Calculate the new HDG to the TP.
8. You are 6 nm right of track and A/H on to 295 (M). After a further 53 nm you find yourself 4
nm right of track. The distance to go to the TP is 35 nm.
Calculate the new HDG to the TP.
9. You are 5 nm left of track and A/H on to 069 (M). After a further 28 nm you are now 3 nm left
of track. You wish to intercept your track in another 42 nm. What HDG is required once track has
been intercepted?
10. You set HDG at 0243. At 0301 you pinpoint the aircraft 7nm left of track having covered 45
nm. You A/H 12R. At what time will track be intercepted?

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 58 of 97

Worksheet 15

NAVIGATION - RADIO NAVIGATION AIDS


(1) Convert relative bearing to BRG(M)
REL BRG

HDG(M)

BRG(M)

(a) 085

025

..........

(b) 189

231

..........

(c) 021

340

...........

(d) 268

069

..........

(e) 347

248

..........

(2) Convert BRG(M) to REL BRG


BRG(M)

HDG(M)

REL BRG

(a) 065

045

..........

(b) 348

216

..........

(c) 171

345

..........

(d) 056

129

..........

(e) 238

315

..........

(3) When maintaining track inbound or outbound to/from an NDB,


calculate the drift and TMG
HDG(M)

ADF

DRIFT

TMG

(a) 148

015

..........

..........

(b) 239

355

..........

..........

(c) 355

185

..........

..........

(d) 195

195

..........

..........

(e) 061

342

..........

..........

(4) Give HDG and ADF indication when maintaining a required ADF track
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

ADF TR

Page 59 of 97
HDG(M)
ADF

DRIFT

IN/OUTBOUND

(a) 127

7L

..........

..........

..........

(b) 259

15R

..........

..........

..........

(c) 359

4L

..........

..........

..........

(d) 051

11R

..........

..........

..........

(e) 159

9L

..........

..........

..........

(5) Command setting to maintain a given radial


Radial

IN/OUTBOUND

OBS

FLAG

(a) 264

IN

..........

..........

(b) 149

OUT

...........

..........

(c) 209

OUT

...........

..........

(d) 358

IN

...........

..........

(e) 043

IN

...........

..........

(6) Calculate TE from OBI/CDI indications, CDI bar central


REQ TR

OBS

FLAG

TE

(a) 200

195

FROM

..........

(b) 060

070

FROM

..........

(c) 105

092

FROM

..........

(d) 038

042

FROM

..........

(e) 346

340

FROM

..........

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 60 of 97

Worksheet 16

PERFORMANCE & OPERATIONS - PRESSURE AND DENSITY ALTITUDE


(1) Calculate the Pressure Altitude
Elev

QNH

Temp

(a) 500 ft

1025 hPa

P42C

(b) 3700 ft

998 hPa

P20C

(2) Determine the Density Altitude using the Navigation Computer


PA

QNH

Temp

(a) 2500 ft

1030 hPa

P35C

(b) 3500 ft

990 hPa

P02C

(3) Calculate the Density Altitude


PA

QNH

(a) 980 ft

Temp

1025 hPa

P44C

(4) Calculate the Density Altitude


Elev

QNH

Temp

(a) 3106 ft

1000 hPa

P35C

(b) 1789 ft

1005 hPa

P52C

(5) Determine the Declared Density Altitude


Posn

Elev

(a) 3208S 13343E December

77 ft

(b) 3425S 14731E April

921 ft

Worksheet 17

PERFORMANCE & OPERATIONS - AERODROMES


Refer to Appendix 16 for the diagrams relating to the following questions.
(1) Coffs Harbour
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 61 of 97
For RWY 10 answer the following questions
(a) TORA ..........
(b) TODA ..........
(c) LDA ..........
(d) Clearway ..........
(e) Stopway ..........
(f) RWY width ..........
(g) Displaced threshold Yes/No Why ...................................
(2) Dysart
You are taking-off on RWY 32 and require a minimum gradient of 2.0%.
What is the Take-off Distance required (TODR)?
(3) Taree
You are taking-off on RWY 22 and the TODR is 1200m.
What is the obstacle free gradient?
(4) Melbourne
You are taking-off on RWY 16 TWY F.
What is the amended TORA and TODA?

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 62 of 97

Worksheet 18

PERFORMANCE AND OPERATIONS - BASIC TAKE-OFF AND LANDING PERFORMANCE


See Appendix 6 for Delta, Echo, Foxtrot, and Golf charts
Circle (a), (b) or (c) for the following questions
1.Using the FOXTROT charts,
Calculate the maximum take-off weight given
Pressure altitude

4500 ft

Temperature

+ 32degrees C

Take-off distance available

900 m

Surface

short dry grass

Slope

1.5% down to SE

R/W

14/32

W/V

300/5

(a) 760 kg
(b) 850 kg
(c) 950 kg
2. Using the DELTA charts,
Calculate Take-Off distance required given
Pressure altitude

1000 ft

Temperature

+ 35C

Surface

short dry grass

Slope

1% down to south

R/W

18/36

W/V

180/25

Take-off weight

950kg
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 63 of 97

(a) 460 m
(b) 510 m
(c) 570 m

3. Using the ECHO charts,


Calculate landing distance required given
Pressure altitude
Temperature
Slope

2000 ft
+ 16 degrees C
2% down to east

R/W

07/25

W/V

250/25

(a) 390m
(b) 420 m
(c) 470 m
4. Using the DELTA charts,
Calculate MAXIMUM TAKE-0FF weight given
Pressure altitude

3000 ft

Temperature

+ 28 degrees C

Take-off distance available

900m

Surface

short dry grass

Slope

1.5% down to SE

R/W

15/33

W/V

330/10

(a) 975 kg
(b) 1010 kg
(c) 1040 kg
5.Using the FOXTROT charts,
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 64 of 97
Calculate MAXIMUM TAKE-OFF weight given
Pressure altitude

2950 FT

Temperature

+ 36 degrees C

Take-off distance available

1000m

Surface

short dry grass

Slope

2% down to NW

R/W

15/33

W/V

150/5

(a) 1055 kg
(b) 985 kg
(c) 840 kg
6. Using the DELTA charts,
Calculate the MAXIMUM TAKE-OFF weight given
Pressure altitude

5000 ft

Temperature

+10 degrees C

Take-off distance available

900m

Surface

short wet grass

Slope

1% down to NW

R/W

13/31

W/V

310/10

(a)960kg
(b) 1040 kg
(c) 1065 kg
7. Using the FOXTROT charts,
Calculate take-off distance required given
Pressure altitude

2000 ft
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 65 of 97

Temperature

+ 15 degrees C

Surface

hard sealed

Slope

0.5% down to west

R/W

10/28

W/V

125/15

Take-off weight

900kg

(a) 410m
(b) 460 m
(c) 520m
8. Using the GOLF charts,
Calculate landing distance required given
Pressure altitude
Temperature

3000 ft
+ 33 degrees C

Slope

1% down to south

R/W

17/35

W/V

350/20

(a)470m
(b)520m
(c)560 m
9. Using the DELTA charts,
Calculate MAXIMUM TAKE-OFF weight given
Pressure altitude
Temperature
Take-off distance available

250 ft
+ 20 degrees C
700m

Surface

hard sealed

Slope

2% down to NE
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

R/W

05/23

W/V

230/5

Page 66 of 97

(a) 1090 kg
(b) 1035 kg
(c) 995 kg
10. Using the FOXTROT charts,
Calculate MAXIMUM TAKE-OFF weight given
Pressure Altitude
Temperature
Take-off distance available

350 ft
+ 19 degrees C
550m

Surface

long dry grass

Slope

1.6% down to SW

R/W

04/22

W/V

220/15

(a) 800 kg
(b) 900 kg
(c) 1020 kg
11. Using the FOXTROT charts,
Calculate MAXIMUM TAKE-OFF weight given
Pressure altitude

5000ft

Temperature

+25 degrees C

Take-off distance available 1180m


Surface

long wet grass

Slope

2% down to the south

R/W

18/36

W/V

160/10
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 67 of 97

(a) 1055 kg
(b) 1035 kg
(c) 955 kg

12. Using the DELTA charts,


Calculate take-off distance required given
Pressure altitude

2500 ft

Temperature

+23 degrees C

Surface

long dry grass

Slope

2% down to the NE

R/W

04/22

W/V

200/15

Take-off weight

1050kg

(a) 800m
(b) 890m
(c) 1030m
13. Using the ECHO charts,
Calculate landing distance required given
Pressure altitude
Temperature

1500ft
+38degreesC

Slope

1.5% down to the SE

R/W

13/31

W/V

130/15

(a) 410m
(b) 440M
(c) 510M
14. Using the DELTA charts,
Calculate the MAXIMUM TAKE-OFF weight given
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 68 of 97
Pressure altitude
Temperature
Take-off distance available

1000ft
+32degrees C
800m

Surface

short wet grass

Slope

2% down to NE

R/W

03/21

W/V

calm

(a) 900kg
(b) 1065 kg
(c) 1090 kg

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 69 of 97

Worksheet 19

PERFORMANCE & OPERATIONS - BASIC WEIGHT & BALANCE


1. Calculate the maximum fuel that can be carried at take-off, given
Basic Empty Weight
Basic Index Units
Row 1
Row 2 (AFT facing)
Nose Locker
Rear Locker

1060 kg
- 270 IU
150 kg
150 kg
45 kg
40 kg

Use Loading System ALPHA


(a)
(b)
(c)

95 kg
130 kg
162 kg

2. What is the maximum weight of passengers that can be carried in Row 2, maintaining the
aircraft in balance at all stages of flight?
Empty Weight
Oil
Row 1
Bags
Fuel

1250 lbs 101.0 IU


15 lbs
0.5 IU
160 lbs
100 lbs
Full standard

Use Loading System BRAVO


(a)
(b)
(c)

100 lbs
222 lbs
300 lbs

3. Calculate the centre of gravity at zero fuel weight, given


Empty weight
Oil
Row 1
Row 2
Baggage
Fuel

692 kg
19578 IU
7 US quarts
170 kg
60 kg
50 kg
180 ltr

Use Loading System CHARLIE


(a)
(b)
(c)

2871 mm AFT of DATUM


2914 mm
2924 mm
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 70 of 97
4. The aircraft is loaded as follows
Empty Weight
1040 kg
-240 IU
Row 1
170 kg
Row 2
(AFT facing)140 kg
Rear Baggage
45 kg
Fuel
25 USG
Use Loading System ALPHA
What is the maximum permissible weight of passengers in Row 3?
(a)
(b)
(c)

70 kg
85 kg
97 kg

5. Calculate the maximum fuel that can be carried at take-off, given


Empty Weight
Oil
Pilot
Passenger - front
Passenger - rear
Passenger - rear
Baggage

685 kg 19500 IU
7 kg
170 kg
nil
150 kg
nil
20 kg

Use Loading System CHARLIE


(a) 61 kg
(b) 83 kg
(c) 103 kg
6. How much baggage can be carried in the baggage locker maintaining the aircraft in
balance at all stages of flight?
Empty weight
Oil
Row 1
Row 2
Fuel

690 kg
19550 IU
2 USG
70 kg
150 kg
180 lt

Use Loading System CHARLIE


(a)
(b)
(c)

54 kg
69 kg
98 kg

7. An aircraft is loaded as follows


AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Empty Weight
Oil
Row 1
Bags
Fuel

1260 lbs
15 lbs
320 lbs
120 lbs
30 USG

Page 71 of 97
102.5 IU
0.5 IU

What is the maximum passenger weight in Row 2?


Use Loading System BRAVO
(a)
(b)
(c)

250 lbs
285 lbs
305 lbs

8. The aircraft is fully loaded for take-off with an all up weight of 1590 kg + 20 IU.
How much baggage can be loaded in the rear baggage compartment?
Use Loading System ALPHA
(a)
(b)
(c)

10 kg
18 kg
43 kg

9. Calculate the maximum fuel that can be carried at take-off, given


Empty Weight
1270 lbs 100.7 in lbs
Oil
15 lbs
0.5 in lbs
Pilot
170 lbs
Passengers - front 160 lbs
- rear 140 lbs
- rear 170 lbs
Baggage
50 lbs
Use Loading System BRAVO
(a)
(b)
(c)

198 lbs
222 lbs
225 lbs

10. An aircraft is fully loaded for take-off. Calculate how much baggage may be loaded in
the locker, given
Empty weight
Oil
Row 1 (Pilot)
Row 2 (Passengers)
Fuel

685 kg
19518 IU
1.5 USG
80 kg
150 kg
180 ltr
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 72 of 97
Use Loading System CHARLIE
(a)
(b)
(c)

15 kg
38 kg
44 kg

11. Calculate maximum fuel that can be carried at take-off, given


Basic empty weight
1045 kg
-250 IU
Row 1 (80/70 kg)
150 kg
Row 2 (forward facing)
Row 3
Baggage - 40 kg box
(does not fit into rear compartment, load in forward compartment or on empty seat)
Use Loading System ALPHA
(a)
(b)
(c)

252 ltr
356 ltr
398 ltr

12. Calculate the maximum fuel that can be carried at take-off, given
Empty Weight
685 kg
19520 IU
Oil
7 kg
Pilot
80 kg
Passengers - front 70 kg
- rear
nil
- rear
nil
Baggage
100 kg
Use Loading System CHARLIE
(a)
(b)
(c)

126 kg
153 kg
173 kg

13. How much baggage weight may be loaded in the front locker?
Empty weight
Row 1
Row 2
Rear Locker
Fuel

1040 kg
-260 IU
150 kg
150 kg (aft-facing)
full
212 ltr

Use Loading System ALPHA


(a)

20 kg
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

(b)
(c)

Page 73 of 97

30 kg
40 kg

14. Calculate the centre of gravity at take-off, given


Empty Weight
Oil
Row 1
Row 2
Baggage
Fuel

675 kg
19505 IU
2 USG
160 kg
nil
100 kg
200 ltr

Use Loading System CHARLIE


(a)
(b)
(c)

2968 mm AFT of DATUM


2986 mm
2988 mm

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 74 of 97

Worksheet 20

7. PERFORMANCE & OPERATION AEROPLANE LANDING AREA


WORKSHEET
1.

RWY

1000m Taking-off on RWY 09

Obs 1

Ht 23ft 100m along and 40m left of extended centre line

Obs 2

Ht 92ft 560m along and 55m right of extended centre line

Obs 3

Ht 60ft 920m along and 49m left of extended centre line

Determine TODA
2.

RWY

1100m

Landing on RWY 27

Obs 1

Ht 33ft

150m along and 50m right of extended centre line

Obs 2

Ht 105ft 600m along and 50m left of extended centre line

Obs 3

Ht 131ft 870m along and 70m right of extended centre line

Determine LDA
3.

RWY

900m Landing on RWY 09

Obs 1

Ht 3ft 150m passed threshold and 25m right of RWY centre line

Obs 2

Ht 40ft 220m along and 40m right of extended centre line

Obs 3

Ht 90ft 500m along and 45m left of extended centre line

Obs 4

Ht 130ft 750m along and 65m right of extended centre line

Determine LDA

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 75 of 97

Worksheet 21

PERFORMANCE & OPERATIONS - ADVANCED TAKE-OFF & LANDING PERFORMANCE


See Appendix 6 for Echo charts
[1] Use the ECHO TAKEOFF CHART to determine the MTOW under the following conditions
Elev
269ft
QNH
1023hPa
Temp P10C
Amb.
W/V030/30
Rwy
36
Surface Short Dry Grass
Slope 1.5%Dn to S
TODA 700m
[2] Use the ECHO TAKEOFF CHART to determine the TODR under the following conditions
Elev
59ft
QNH
982hPa
Temp
P25C
Amb. W/V 070/05
Rwy
25
Surface Short Wet Grass
Slope
1.7% Dn to E
TOW
2600kg
[3] Use the ECHO LANDING CHART to determine the MLW under the following conditions
Elev
QNH
Temp
Amb. W/V
Rwy
Slope
LDA

1890ft
1009hPa
P35C
100/30
14
2% Dn to NW
800m

[4] Use the ECHO LANDING CHART to determine the LDR


circumstances
Elev
QNH
Temp
Amb. W/V
Rwy
Slope
LW

950ft
1010hPa
P25C
280/20
22
2% Dn to SW
2550kg
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

under the following

Page 76 of 97
[5] Use both ECHO CHARTS to determine the MTOW for a flight from A to B under the
following circumstances
A
Elev630ft
QNH1012hPa
TempP20C
Amb. W/V190/05
Rwy19
SurfaceShort Dry Grass
Slope1% Dn to S
TODA850m

B
Elev250ft
QNH1020hPa
TempP35C
F'
cast W/V270/20
Rwy26/08
Slope1.5% Dn to E
LDA850m
Rwy18/36
LDA1000m

The flight fuel used 210kg.


[6] Use both ECHO CHARTS to determine the MTOW for a flight from C to D under the
following conditions
C
Elev110ft
QNH999hPa
TempP15C
Amb. W/V210/25
Rwy27
SurfaceLong Wet Grass
Slope0.8%
TODA600m

D
Elev1200ft
QNH1018hPa
TempP05C
F'
cast W/V270/30
Rwy15/33
Slope2% Dn to SE
LDA700m
Rwy06/24
Slope1.5% Dn to NE
LDA600m

The flight fuel used 350kg.

Worksheet 22

PERFORMANCE & OPERATIONS - FUEL & PAYLOAD CALCULATIONS


Aircraft Data
Crz FF
Holding FF
Fixed Reserve
S&T

75.3kg/hr
46.3kg/hr
40kg
8kg

For Questions [1] [4], please refer to Appendix 17.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 77 of 97
Determine the Maximum Additional Payload. No Runway Limitations.
Aircraft Data
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
Each person

2950kg
2725kg
2560kg
77kg

[5]
EW
Pax
Cargo
FOB
FBO

1980kg
5
125kg
290kg
200kg

[6]
EW
PAX
Cargo
FOB
FBO

1975kg
4
50kg
280kg
170kg

[7]
EW
FOB
FBO

1960kg
476kg
300kg

Determine the maximum fuel that can be carried in USG.


There are no runway limitations. ( 1 USG = 2.69kg ).
[8]
EW
Pax
Cargo
Min FOB
FBO (T/O)

1985kg
3
200kg
97USG
60USG

[9]
EW
1995kg
Pax
4
Cargo
75kg
Min FOB (T/O) 80USG
FBO
50USG
Determine the maximum payload and fuel that can be carried ( USG).
No runway limitations. Carry maximum extra 25kg boxes.
[10]
EW
Pax

1975kg
2
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Cargo
100kg
Min FOB (T/O) 97USG
FBO
70USG

Page 78 of 97

Worksheet 23

PERFORMANCE & OPERATIONS - RANGE & ENDURANCE


Calculate the range on a given fuel (sg 0.71)
1. FOB at start
700ltr
FF
130lph
FR
80ltr
S&T
20ltr
G/S
145kts
2. FOB at T/O
400kg
FF
75kg/hr
FR
41kg
S&T
8kg
G/S
175kts
3. FOB at start
140USG
FF
28USG/hr
FR
15USG
S&T
3USG
G/S
115kts
Determine the maximum Time to Hold
4.
FOB overhead
Cruise FF
Hold FF
FR

125kg
40kg/hr
25kg/hr
20kg

5.
FOB overhead
Cruise FF
Hold FF
FR
Alternate ETI

200ltr
95ltr/hr
60ltr/hr
45ltr
22 minutes

Determine the time the aircraft can hold over the Search Area
6.
FOB at T/O
Cruise FF

70USG
28USG/hr
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Hold FF
FR
FBO to search area
FBO from search area

17USG/hr
15USG
12USG
17USG

Page 79 of 97

Worksheet 24

PERFORMANCE & OPERATIONS - ADVANCED WEIGHT & BALANCE


Section 'A'
C of G Calculations
1

Given AUW 2780kg.

Calculate the C of G range.

2.

Given C of G 2631mm.

Calculate % MAC.

3.

Given AUW 2850kg.

Calculate the forward C of G limit in % MAC.

4.

Given AUW 2675kg.

Calculate the aft C of G limit in % MAC.

Section 'B'
Removal of Seats
5. Given EW 1980kg IU 490.00. Remove the seats for an all cargo flight. What is the revised
EW and IU?
6.

Given EW 1990kg IU 502.00. Remove the Row 3 seats. What is the revised EW and IU?

7. Given EW 1995kg IU 497.00. Remove one seat from each row. What is the revised EW and
IU?
Section 'C'
Payload Problems (no balance required)
8.

Calculate the maximum cargo that can be carried.


Given
EW
POB
FOB T/O
FBO

9.

1990kg
5
130USG
75USG

How many extra passengers can be carried?


Given
EW
POB
Cargo
FOB T/O

1990kg
4
100kg
84USG
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

FBO
10.

60USG

Calculate the maximum cargo that can be carried.


Given
EW and Pilot
FOB T/O
FBO

11.

2052kg
140USG
80USG

Calculate the maximum payload that can be carried.


Given
Dist.
Crz Alt.
Temp
WC
Power
EW and Pilot
TOW

12

Page 80 of 97

400nm
10000ft
M5C
40H
Max Range
2050kg
2800kg

.Calculate the maximum additional payload that can be carried.


Given
ZFW
2500kg
FBO A-B
95kg
FBO B-A
85kg
Return to '
A'empty.
No refuelling at '
B'
.

13.

Calculate the maximum payload.


Given
EW
Dist.
Crz Alt
Temp
WC
Power
Margin Fuel

1985kg
450nm
F125
P10C
Nil
65%
25USG

Section 'D'
Weight and Balance Aft Problems
14.

Add the maxium cargo to the rear compartment.


Given
ZFW
FOB
FBO

2500kg 662.50 IU
Full Mains
50USG
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

15.

Page 81 of 97
Calculate the maximum additional cargo in the rear compartment.
Given
TOW
2780kg 713.08 IU
FOB
90USG
FBO
65USG
Rear comp. 50 kg already loaded.

16.

Load the maximum number of 10kg boxes in the rear compartment.


Given
ZFW
FOB
FBO

17.

2550kg 676.77 IU
50USG
25USG

How much fuel may be loaded in the auxillary tanks? This fuel is not to be burnt in flight.
Given
AUW
FOB
FBO

2811kg 729.00 IU
Full Mains
40USG

18.
You are loading four suitcases.
compartment.
Given
ZFW
Cargo
19.

Load the maximum number of suitcases in the rear

2520kg 662.00 IU
4 x 20kg suitcases

Move the minimum number of boxes out of the rear compartment to balance the aircraft.
Given
AUW
PAX
Cargo

2781kg 721.32 IU
3 in Row 1 & 2
6 x 25kg boxes in rear compartment.

The forward and wing compartments are empty.


Now add one passenger.
20.

How much cargo can be moved from the wing to the rear compartment?
Given
At ZFW the index units are 9.5 forward of the rear limit.

Section 'E'
Weight and Balance Forward Problems
21.

Calculate the maximum fuel in the tanks at take-off.


Given
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

EW 1980kg 490.00 IU
Operating empty
22.

Page 82 of 97

Calculate the minimum number of bags of ballast to be loaded.


Given
TOW 2300kg 550.00 IU
Ballast 5kg bags

22.

Calculate the minimum ballast to be loaded.


Given
TOW 2400kg 570.00 IU
Ballast 5kg bags

Section 'F'
Weight and Balance Problems - Fuel as Ballast
23.

Calculate the minimum fuel ballast, if required.


Given
EW
Pilot
R-1
R-2
R-3
FWD
Wing
Rear

1970kg 490.00 IU ( with seats removed)


85kg
Crate 60kg
4 boxes @ 40kg
4 boxes @ 40kg
2 boxes @ 20kg
2 boxes @ 30kg
4 boxes @ 20kg

The minimum fuel required at take-off 200kg.


5kg bags available as ballast.
No ballast to be placed in R-1.
24.

Calculate the minimum fuel ballast, if required.


Given
EW
Pilot
R-2
R-3
FWD
Rear

1960kg 485.00 IU (with seats removed)


78kg
2 x 75kg
2 x 75kg
2 x 25kg
2 x 50kg

The minimum fuel required at take-off 240kg.


5kg sandbags available as ballast.
No ballast to be placed in R-1.

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 83 of 97

Worksheet 25

THEORY TRAINING FOR THE INSTRUMENT RATING - PRIVILEGES, LIMITATIONS,


QUALIFICATIONS & RECENCY
IF & NAVIGATION AID RECENCY
Given the following IF experience and instrument approaches in the last 90 days,
are you qualified to conduct an IFR flight as PiC on a
- Two pilot operation
- Single pilot operation
1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

(a) 2 hrs co-pilot B-727


(b) 1 hr dual PA-28 Warrior
(c) 1 hr ICUS in a synthetic trainer as a single pilot operation
(d) 1 hr dual in B-727 flight simulator
(e) 2 ILS B-727
(f) 3 NDB approaches in B-727 flight simulator.
(a) 4 hrs PiC B-737
(b) 1 hr PiC B-737 flight simulator
(c) 1 hr PiC in a synthetic trainer as a single pilot operation
(d) 1 VOR approach B-737
(a) 1 hr IF on helicopters
(b) 1 hr dual PA-44 Duchess
(c) 3 instrument approaches PA-44
(a) 1 hr co-pilot B747 flight simulator
(b) 2 hrs ICUS B-747 flight simulator
(c) I hr ICUS in a synthetic trainer as a single pilot operation
(d) 4 instrument approaches B-747 flight simulator
(e) 2 instrument approaches in a synthetic trainer as a single pilot operation
(a) An instrument rating test in a B-727 flight simulator
(b) 2 hrs PiC B-727
(c) 1 hr PiC in a synthetic trainer as a single pilot operation
(a) 1 hr co-pilot B-737
(b) 2 hrs ICUS B-737
(c) 1 hr ICUS B-737 flight simulator
(d) 1 hr dual PA 44 Duchess
(e) 1 hr instrument renewal PA 44
(f) 2 instrument approaches B-737
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 84 of 97
7.

(a) 1 hr PiC B-58 Baron


(b) 1hr PiC PA 34 Senneca
(c) 1 hr PiC in a synthetic trainer as a single pilot operation
(d) 2 instrument approaches in a synthetic trainer as a single pilot operation

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 85 of 97
Worksheet 1 - Answers

METEOROLOGY - ANALYSIS INTERPRETATION


1. "A"
HIGH
2. "B"
COL
3. "C"
SECONDARY LOW
4. "C-D"
TROUGH
5. "E-F"
COLD FRONT
6. "A-G"
RIDGE
7. "J-H"
THROUGH
8. Brisbane
1016
9. Pt. Hedland
1018
10. Sydney
1005
11. Hobart
990

12. Adelaide
250(T)
13. Pt Hedland
100(T)
14. Alice Springs
100(T)
15. Sydney
270(T)
16. Melbourne
180(T)
Using Appendix 12, match the following METAR with a location on the map
17. TTF METAR XXX 0230Z 03060KT 999 FEW035 13/02 Q1027 RMK RF00.0/000.0 NOSIG

PERTH

18. TTF SPECI YYYY 0315Z 27025G35 CAVOK 14/MO3 Q1004 RMK RF00.0/000.0 FM0315 MOD TURB BLW 5000FT

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 86 of 97

SYDNEY

Worksheet 2a - Answers

NAVIGATION - FUNDAMENTALS
Variation calculations
TR(T) 340deg Var 15W
TR(T) 005deg Var 10E
TR(M) 009deg Var 11E
TR(M) 350deg Var 12W

TR(M) 355
TR(M) 355
TR(T) 020
TR(T) 338

Worksheet 2b - Answers

NAVIGATION - FUNDAMENTALS
Compass Correction Card
FOR
010 055 110 170 240 330
STEER 010 054 110 171 242 331
Note: "FOR" indicated HDG(M); "STEER" indicates HDG(C)
Examples:
HDG (M) 112
HDG (M) 112
HDG (C) 112
HDG (C) 112

HDG (C)
HDG (C)
HDG (M)
HDG (M)

112
257
039
148

Worksheet 3 - Answers

NAVIGATION - FUNDAMENTALS
(1) Variation Calculations
(a) 235
(b) 008
(c) 020
(d) 10E
(e) 359
(2) Deviation Calculations
(a) (i) 069
(ii) 245
(iii) 088
(iv) 350
(b) (i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)

190(M)
150(M)
340(M)
060(M)

191(C)
150(C)
340(C)
058(C)

Worksheet 4 - Answers

NAVIGATION - FLIGHT COMPUTER (PART ONE)


Conversions
ANSWERS ARE PROVIDED IN BOLD ITALIC
nm - km - nm
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

26 km
651 nm
58 nm
2952 km

Page 87 of 97

=
14 nm
= 1206 km
=
107 km
= 1594 nm

nm - sm - nm
125 sm =
109 nm
320 nm =
368 sm
45 sm =
39 nm
12 nm =
14 sm
lbs - kg - lbs
15 lbs =
7 kg
69 kg
= 152 lbs
296 lbs = 134 kg
989 kg
= 2180 lbs
ft - m - ft
296 ft
1200 m
4926 ft
5820 ft

=
=
=
=

F - C - F
P45 F
P39C
M14
M40C

=
=
=
=

90 m
3937 ft
1500 m
1774 m
07 C
102 F
07 F
- 40 F

USG - ltr - USG


261 ltr
=
69 USG
28 USG =
106 ltr
326 ltr
=
86 USG
152 USG = 575 ltr
USG - ImpG - USG
160 USG = 133 ImpG
94 ImpG = 113 USG
36 USG =
30 ImpG
120 ImpG = 144 USG
Volume - Weight - Volume (sg 0.72)
50 USG = 300 lbs
108 lbs
=
18 USG
36 USG = 216 lbs
246 lbs
=
41 USG

Worksheet 5 - Answers

NAVIGATION - NAVIGATION COMPUTER


ANSWERS PROVIDED IN BOLD ITALIC
GS , Distance and Time
GS

Distance

145

110

Time
046
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

131

120

055

93

59

038

103

89

52

161

43

016

174

113

039

143

124

052

Page 88 of 97

Fuel flow, Fuel used and time


FF/HR

Fuel used

36 ltr/hr

Time

60 ltr

140

16Gallons/hr

29 Gallons

152

15 Gallons/hr

11 Gallons

042

29 ltr/hr

37 ltr

116

72 Gallons/hr

19 Gallons

016

42 Gallons/hr

92 Gallons

212

17 H

Worksheet 6 - Answers

NAVIGATION - NAVIGATION COMPUTER


Conversions
[1]

a)
b)
c)
d)

[3]

a)
b)
c)
d)

[5]

a)
b)
c)
d)

14 nm
1206 km
107 km
1594 nm
90 m
3937 ft
1500 m
1774 m
69
106
86
575

a)
b)
c)
d)

[2]

[4]

[6]

a)
b)
c)
d)

7 kg
152 lbs
134 kg
2180 lbs
07 C
102 F
07 F
- 40 F

a) 179
b) 101
c) 134
d) 111

Calculations
[1]

a)

046

[2]

a)

140
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

b)
c)
d)

120
93
052

[3]

a)
b)
c)
d)

100
158
205
175

[5]

a)
b)
c)
d)
e)

117
034
222
064
305

;
;
;
;
;

110
102
62
128
191

[6]

a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
j)
k)
l)
m)
n)
o)

98
96
277/31
98
116
124
191
62
149/44
034
128
137
152
150/35
348/59

250
027

a)
b)
c)
d)
e)

28 L
31 R
23 L
18 R
7L

5H
7H
14 T
49 H
17 H

[7]

b) 16
c) 11
d) 37
[4]

a) 269
b) 016
c) 347
d) 176
e) 032

Page 89 of 97

130
119
99
75
85

171
109
095
318
205
101
056
136
296

Worksheet 7 - Answers
NAVIGATION - ALTIMETRY
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)

950
1017
1013
446
1021

Worksheet 8 - Answers
NAVIGATION - TIME
LMT

LONGITUDE

ARC

UTC

Correction

Local

Time

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 90 of 97

0506

14532 E

9.42

1924 prev Day

+10.00

0524

EST

1009

12049 E

8.03

0206

+8.00

1006

WST

0236

13452 E

8.59

1737 prev Day

+9.30

0307

CST

1022

14824 E

9.54

0028

-11.00

1128 ESumT

Worksheet 9 - Answers
NAVIGATION

6. TIME
WORKSHEET - ANSWERS
[1]

a) 241830 EST b) 011120 UTC c) 9205051435 CST

[2]

a) 11 1111 AM UTC b) 07 1158 PM EST c) 9th Aug. 92 0405 AM CST

[3]

a)
9.35
- 2107
100.00 0707
b) 0716
7.54
- 2322
8.00
c) 1156
9.17
10.30 1309

[4]

a) 221947 UTC b) 071048 UTC c) 210714 UTC

[5]

1146

[6]

ETD 250659 UTC

Worksheet 10 - Answers

NAVIGATION - FUEL CALCULATIONS


WORKSHEET - ANSWERS
(1)

a)

189 Ltr

b)

85 USG

(2)

a)

325 Ltr

b)

160 Ltr

(3)

a)
b)
c)
d)

c)

388 kg

Click on the print button for the following results


Refer to Fuel Plan No.7 available on the printout
Refer to Fuel Plan No.8 available on the printout
Refer to Fuel Plan No.9 available on the printout
Refer to Fuel Plan No.10 available on the printout

Worksheet 11 - Answers

NAVIGATION - NAVIGATION TECHNIQUE BASIC


[1]

a)
b)
c)
d)
e)

7.5 L
4R
10.5 R
8.5 L
11 R

[2]

a)
b)
c)

4L
5R
9R

4R
5L
9L

168
353
052
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

d)
e)

4L
9L

4R
9R

[3]

a)
b)
c)
d)
e)

6L
4R
9R
5R
6L

10 16 R
8 12 L
5 14 L
11 16 L
5 11 R

[4]

a)
b)
c)

G/s 110
G/s
48
G/s 149

[5]

a)
b)
c)

6L
9R
9R

[6]

a)
b)
c)

5L
5R
1R

[7]

a)
b)
c)

124
205
055

Page 91 of 97

183
247
056
187
327
195
031

10L
8R
5R
11 R
5L

046
195
332
206
026

214
327
088

Worksheet 12 - Answers

NAVIGATION - FLIGHT PLANNING


Examples
CRZ HT

AD Elev

Level-off

Ht Desc

Time

9500 ft

500 ft

1000 ft AGL

8000

16min

120

500

7500 ft

50 ft

1500 ft AGL

~ 6000

13min

90

460

1480 ft

1000 ft AGL

~ 12 000

30min

110

400

14500 ft

G/S

ROD fpm

Worksheet 13 - Answers

NAVIGATION - FLIGHT PLANNING


CP & PNR
[1]

a)
b)
c)
d)

107
115
121
147

187
73
123
125

[3]

a)
b)
c)

262 kg
71 USG
456 Ltr

[2]

a)
243 NM
b)
125NM
c)
130 NM
d)
240 NM
e)
211 NM
f)
220 NM

122 min
79 min
46 min
93 min
161 min
74 min

a)
379 NM
112 min
b)
435 NM
180 min
c)
360 NM
108 min
d)
482 NM
216 min
e)
245 NM
151 min
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.
[4]

f)

Page 92 of 97

355 NM

133 min

Worksheet 14 - Answers

NAVIGATION - NAVIGATION TECHNIQUE - ADVANCED


[1]

a)
b)
c)

[3]

14L
17 min
7R

[2]

a)
b)

178 degs
171 degs

031 degs

[4]

009 degs

[5]

78 NM

[6]

207 degs

[7]

1L

[8]

290 degs

[9]

065 degs

[10]

0355

Worksheet 15 - Answers

NAVIGATION - RADIO NAVIGATION AIDS


[1]

a)
b)
c)
d)
e)

110
060
001
337
235

[3]

a)
b)
c)
d)
e)

15 R
163
5L
234
5R
360
15 R
210
18 L
043

[5]

a)
b)
c)
d)
e)

084
149
209
178
223

a)
b)
c)
d)
e)

[2]

020
132
186
287
283
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)

[4]

TO
FM
FM
TO
TO

[6]

a)
b)
c)
d)
e)

134
244
003
040
168

353
015
176
191
351

IN
IN
OUT
OUT
IN

5L
10 R
13 L
4R
6L

Worksheet 16 - Answers

PERFORMANCE & OPERATIONS - PRESSURE AND DENSITY ALTITUDE


[1]

a) PA = 140 ft
b) PA = 140 ft

[3]

a)

[5]

a) DA = 2877 ft
b) DA = 3321 ft

DA = 4700 ft

[2]

a)
b)
[4]

DA 5200 ft
DA 2900 ft
a)
b)

DA
DA

=
=

6736 ft
6949 ft

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Worksheet 17 - Answers

Page 93 of 97

PERFORMANCE & OPERATIONS - AERODROMES


[1] a) 849 m
b) 909 m
c) 725 m
d) 60 m
e) 0 m
f) 18 m
g) YES
Telstra tower near approach (1 mile)
[2] 1406 m
[3] 1.9 %
[4] TORA = 1818 m
TODA = 1938 m

Worksheet 18 - Answers

PERFORMANCE AND OPERATIONS - BASIC TAKE-OFF AND LANDING PERFORMANCE


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

B
B
A
C
B
B
C
B
B
C
C
C
C
B

Worksheet 19 - Answers

PERFORMANCE AND OPERATIONS - BASIC TAKE-OFF AND LANDING PERFORMANCE


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

A
C
C
B
B
C
C
A
B
B
B
B
C
C

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 94 of 97

Worksheet 20 - Answers

PERFORMANCE & OPERATIONS - AEROPLANE LANDING AREA


[1] 1000 m
[2] 1060 m
[3] 730 m

Worksheet 21 - Answers

PERFORMANCE & OPERATIONS - ADVANCED TAKE-OFF & LANDING PERFORMANCE


[1] 2770 kg
[2

900 m

[3] 2600 kg
[4] 1000 m
[5]

A
MTOW = 2900 kg
= 2820 kg

[6]

A
MTOW = 2500 kg
= 2500 kg

B
MTOW = 2820 kg
(LW Limited)
B
MTOW = 2550 kg
TOW Limited)

Worksheet 22 - Answers

PERFORMANCE & OPERATIONS - FUEL & PAYLOAD CALCULATIONS


For answers to questions [1] [4], please refer to the diagram on the following page:
[5]

63 kg

[6]

205 kg

[7]

437 kg

[8]

146 USG / 393 kg

[9]

150 USG / 404 kg

[10]

12 boxes; fuel = 114 USG / 307 kg

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 95 of 97

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 96 of 97
Worksheet 23- Answers

PERFORMANCE & OPERATIONS - RANGE & ENDURANCE


[1]

240 mins
580 NM

[4]

252

[2]

[5]

250 mins
729 NM
100 mins

[3]

[6]

227 mins
435 NM
67 mins

Worksheet 24 - Answers

PERFORMANCE & OPERATIONS - ADVANCED WEIGHT & BALANCE


[1]

2513.4 - 2680 mm

[2]

23.2 % MAC

[3]

18%

[4]

25.8%

[5]

EW =1955 kg 481.25 IU

[6]

EW = 1980 kg 497.70 IU

[7]

EW = 1980 kg

[8]

206 kg

[9]

2 Extra PAX

[10]

512 kg

[11]

482 kg

[12]

65 kg

492.05 IU

[13] 529 kg
[14]

32 kg

[15]

43 kg

[16]

[17]

7.8 USG

[18]

3 cases

[19]

2 boxes

[20]

65.5 kg

[21]

83.9 USG

[22]

2 X 5kg boxes

[23]

45 kg
AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

Page 97 of 97
[24]

44 kg

[25]

17 kg

Worksheet 25 - Answers

THEORY TRAINING FOR THE INSTRUMENT RATING - PRIVILEGES, LIMITATIONS, QUALIFICATIONS &
RECENCY
A)

Two pilot operation

B)

Single pilot operation

[1]

YES

NO

[2]

YES

NO

[3]

NO

NO

[4]

YES

YES

[5]

YES

NO

[6]

YES

YES

[7]

NO

NO

AIRS Technologies Pty Ltd -2004. All rights reserved.

You might also like